Fandom

Alternate History

1660 to 1669 (Principia Moderni III Map Game)

40,565pages on
this wiki
Add New Page
Talk0 Share

Ad blocker interference detected!


Wikia is a free-to-use site that makes money from advertising. We have a modified experience for viewers using ad blockers

Wikia is not accessible if you’ve made further modifications. Remove the custom ad blocker rule(s) and the page will load as expected.

Archive Twenty-Six:

1650 - 1659

Archive Twenty-Seven:

1660 - 1669

Archive Twenty-Eight:

1670 - 1679

This page is an archive for the Principia Moderni III map game, from 1660 to 1669.

1660

Piracy in the Baltic becomes popular with the recent wars.

Hiriak has grown into quite a large coastal nation, though not involved much in international trade. Chin Chinism has taken root, and around half of the people living there have converted to some form or another of it.

  • Damascan Sultanate: Sultan Sulimen V takes over at the age of 19. He celebrates his 36th birthday and promotes migration to Damascus (دمشق) as it now numbers 465,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's (أنطاكية) population grows to 345,000. The people continue to rally toward Islam. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 24.9 million. Karaman and Damascus become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed. Relations with Urdustan and Mansuriyya are increased. Light matchlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. Jerusalem (القدس) grows to 370,000. Sultan Sulimen V declares war on the Yemenite SultanateTo celebrate the Demak Sultanate joining the UIN, Sultan Sulimen V marries Princes Maahnoor. They have a son Sultan Sulimen VI. Princess Ablahadahla is married to Sultan Asad Khan Lari, of the Suri Empire. Prince Sulimen VI is now 8. We send camel riders into center Arabia to begin exploring the northern and western edges. 270,000 soldiers are sent to Persia. The huge amount of military presence in Persia has calmed many of the rebels fearing death. Any people who show resistance are immediately killed. The Sultan assures the people that Shi'ite Islam will be tolerated to a certain point, and if rebellions continue, harder consequences will be instilled. We join efforts with the Tartary to quash these rebellions. We join efforts with the Mansuriyya Sultanate to quash these rebellions. We increase relations with theSuri Empire and Demak Sultanate.
    • Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With becoming a newly fastened vassal once again under the rule of the Damascan Sultanate, the vassal's neighbor, Dibayakir begins to become more friendly with both Karaman and Damascus. Karaman expands infrastructure. Karamania begins merging into Damascan proper.
    • Southern Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Military expands. Borders are re-inforced and patrolled. Azerbaijan after 50-55 years of Damascan influence, the region is somewhat Muslim-Turk with the majority of the previous Orthodox Christians moving to Armenia. Azerbaijan is reaffirmed into the Damascan Sultanate. Troops are sent to re-inforce the vassal. Azerbaijan now is 80% Muslim, as more holy men are sent in to spread the true word.
    • Aleppraqht (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade is increased and now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 55,000. Economy expands. Ships are constructed.
    • Dhubab (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The port city in Yemen bought from the Dacians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy expands. With the small 10 px expansion in Africa, Dhubab now strengthens its hold as the jewel of the Sanaamarib Strait. Ships are constructed.
    • Cairo (city-state of the Damascan Sultanate): Economy and infrastructure expands. Cairo's (القاهرة) population rises to 405,000. As many of the Muslims throughout Aegypt now face fealty under Roman rulership flock to the great Muslim city, in haven to be in an Islamic community. Troops in the Aegyptian war take refuge in the city while continuing and partaking in missions to finish off the small bit of resistance which Aegypt still holds. We finish constructing a port city, and now begin expanding it, on the small bit of coast to be connected with Damascan proper. Ships are constructed.
    • Sinai (annexation of the Damascan Sultanate): The desert peninsula of Sinai is very scarce in population. Although along the southern and northern tips, the people flourish, with medium sized towns, and bountiful trade routes. Economy expands with gaining Damascan trade. Oils, glass, gold, and firearms flow through the new trade routes into Aegypt. Trade increases with Dacia, Croatia and Rome. Merges into the Damascan proper. Ships are constructed.
    • Sanaamarib (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With the new province in Yemen being swarthed, the Sultan Sulimen V begins extensive trade routes with the vassal in Africa. We expand infrastructure. Ports are constructed, and a navy is continued to be built. Ships are constructed.
    • Port Sudan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): We send more Muslim holy men to Port Sudan in order to spread Islam further in Nubia. To pay back to Nubia for their generosity we send militarisitc support to Nubia in any future endeavors they wish to proceed in. We give them guns and the advanced technology to build old Dutch modeled ships, as well as advanced matchlock rifles. We expand our military. We allow access for Nubia to use the Philadelphi Canal, until Rome permits them grant, they will have to fly a Damascan flag on their vessels. Ships are constructed.
  • Duchy of Hamburg: the military in Hamburg and its subjects is expanded. Through Hamburg, the call by the Bavarian monarch is mixed, though Duke Otto II, cousin to the Wittelsbachs, doesn't take one side or another, but points out to his relatives on Bavarias throne that Emperor Wolfgang didn't die.
  • Westphalia: This turn is officially dedicated to military development. Following the war in Austria, the Archduke of Austria relocates to Frankfurt, declaring himself King of Westphalia. As emperor of the Holy Roman Empire, he seeks to update the electorates following his war. Nations that were liberated are re-added in some cases, while electors no longer in existence are removed. The Archbishop of St. Gall and Duchy of Saxony-Thuringia are removed, while the Archbishop of Riga is added. In total the new electors of the empire are as follows: Mainz, Cologne, Bohemia, Palatinate, Brandenburg, Salzburg, Hamburg, and Riga. Agreements are signed with Hamburg allowing us to use their ports to supply our colonies. As a result we manage to hold onto our settlements overseas, but growth is stunted.
  • LOL! I'm calling bullshit on this. As I recall, Austria was destroyed in the Spanish-Austrian War, which was concurrent with the Hamburg-Westphalia war. Furthermore, I also recall that Feud stated that Westphalia would survive, under Blocky. So ... Ms is then cheating, and he is getting away with it ... Cookiedamage(talk) 23:14, October 19, 2014 (UTC)
  • Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
  • Manchu Empire: With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son Qing Fúlín Shìzû succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of cattle, horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods especially lumber to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers with light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy and importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms. As Outer Mongolia continued to suffer from destabilisation and moreover, from the nomadic lifestyle adopted by the majority of people, it was slightly difficult to maintain control therefore the Manchu Empire deployed their soldiers to enter into Outer Mongolia and establish control. This was certainly not an outright invasion but rather an attempt to vassalise the state and make the Mongols accept Manchu sovereignty. This was indeed needed to force the Mongols to open up their markets and trade to the Manchu in order for Manchu goods to flood into their market and for Manchu merchants to establish well control over the Mongol economy. The troops deployed by Manchu were specifically ordered to not act upon their own accord, but to put down any opposition immediately and stealthily (Turn Two of 15). The border between the Imperium of a Heaven and the Outer Mongolian Khanate had numerous Manchu troops deployed to make sure there was no attempt by the Imperium to conquer Outer Mongolia, after having suffered a major loss at the hands of the Mongol Khanate. Hailar had fallen to to Manchu troops and the military continued to advance into the heartland of the Mongol state. Mil Turn/Eco Turn
    • Manchu - Hispania Diplomacy: Keeping in mind, that in order to acquire an advantage over other Chinese states, the Manchu had to look up to the Europeans for help; a diplomat was sent to the Spanish Embassy in Japan. The diplomat was expressed the views of Emperor Qing Fúlín Shìzû, who was keen on signing a trade agreement with Hispania which involved the export of Chinese goods and raw materials to Hispania in exchange for silver and weaponry (old ones). The Spanish embassy was also informed that the Spanish would be granted an enclave from where the trade of these goods would take place
  • |onte: The famine in |onte has come to a halt due to better harvest, a lower population, and food imports. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,110,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon XII takes the head of the Eheresito hu Suida, and maintains relations with both Zimbabwe and !Xoonte. Mon X has noticed that Mon XII's works in Zimbabwe can be well felt, as the higher class uses |on frequently. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 50k strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports, and the buying of ships. Mon also begins buying ships from France.
  • Ayutthaya: We continue to grow our colonies in the Ayutthayan Nicobar. We continue to build the naval base on the island north of Teressa and Bompoka and our first voyage returns. (Turn Five of Ten). I might be having a bit of trouble posting over the next couple of days so heads up :). 
  • Wu China: Again, we prepare for war. As work on the ports on the coast continue, we are forced to give up half our navy to cover the construction of the ports.
  • Empire of Lanka: The Empire focuses on westernization, military (and the navy), the economy, and infrastructure. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Lanka making the empire more westernized. Samir III orders that all official affairs to be handled in the more reliable Dutch Guilder. Due to Rajakaas being decommissioned and removed, the Dutch Guilder is starting to be used by all classes and castes. Most of the army is equipped with Dutch/western weapons and many cannons given to them over the years. Most of the army also have Dutch military training, to learn Dutch/western tactics, and the number continues to go up. Population increases, and reaches over 450,000. The navy is ordered to explore more around India, Indonesia and China. King Samir III continues to allow the building of naval bases and trade posts in Lanka. Although the education is not completely funded, Lankan schools begin to teach Dutch as a second language. Because of the Dutch merchants in the area, Dutch Reformist begins to be sampled among a small amount of the population. Wealthier native Lankans begin to wear fancy Dutch clothes. All of this Dutch influence begins to make a small mix of culture between Lankan (Sinhala culture in particular) with Dutch culture. Samir III starts improves relations with Urdustan, Dai Viet, and Ayutthaya. Some small and expensive (non-government funded) private schools are appearing in major cities of the country, that teach western mathematics and sciences. Some upper-class Lankans get education at these facilities. Samir III also mentions his plans to build a new capital city to the west of Sri Jayawardenepura Kotte name Waardige with the help of the Netherlands (OTL Colombo). In the new capital he plans to build a university and grand palace (named Prima). Although neutral with the situation in the Netherlands, Samir III somewhat supports Johann, and starts to discuss with the Johannist government about amendments to the treaty. The navy slightly expands and mainly consists of large (used) Dutch warships. Samir III's heir gets taught in the fields of Mathematics, Astronomy and Government. After six years, the building project of the long road on the west coast of the island is complete. Named Kust Weg (Coast Road in Dutch), it starts in Jaffna goes through where Waardige is planned, and ends on the southern end of the island. The road will be mainly used for military and trade purposes, but it also functions for civil and transportational purposes. IN HUGE NEWS: With the Blueprints for Waardige being complete, construction of the city has begun. The city will contain a canal system, a Dutch district, a trade district, a government district, a district with Sinhala (a small amount of Tamil) citizens, a University, and a grand palace. The building has begun slowly as it is currently solely funded by only Lanka, but the Johann government has agreed to help after the civil war. The project is estimate to take 50 to 75 years (Turn Three of Many). Trade continues to increase with the new trade agreements, but not at full potential due to cautiousness because of the pirates. The pirates adopt the name සෙඅ බන්දිට්ස් (Sea Bandits) in Lanka. With most effects of the bad weather conditions gone, building of Waardige continues.
    • Grand Duchy of Kotte: Kotte focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure and westernization. The Kottan army integrates into the Lankan army. King Samir also orders Kotte currency to be decommissioned. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Kotte. Population reaches over 90,000.
    • Grand Duchy of Nava Kotte: Nava Kotte focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure and westernization. Nava Kotte becomes a good trade post, used in trading with Ayutthaya, Dai Viet, and Dutch colonies in Indonesia. The colony assembles a very miniscule local (non-government funded) armed force to defend the island. Although the population is very miniscule, due to the amount of Dutch merchants, a (very) small port is established on the north of the island called "Port Willem" (after the Dutch King), and is where many of the merchants reside. There is a high concentration of Dutch culture, due to migration from the less profitable Lankan mainland.
    • Grand Duchy of Jaffna: Jaffna focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure and westernization. A majority of Jaffnan citizens accept Lankan vassalization, but some are rebellious. King Samir III also declares Jaffnan currency to be slowly decommissioned and replaced by the Dutch Guilder. Although the Jaffnan army was previously destroyed, loyal soldiers are being equipped with Dutch weapons. The size of the army is slowly growing back to where it was previously. The Jaffnan navy and army are integrated with Lanka's, and the Greater Dutch Realm. Population reaches over 175,000.
  • Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to gain followers in the small towns next to Busan.
  • County of Oldenburg: The military is improved, and the Guards parade around the newly-completed Neustadt. Neu Norderney expands 200 px South.
    • Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The economy improves as the Episcopal Bank expands its operations.
  • Nehilaw Sachemate: Now a protectorate of France, the Nehilaw rebuild their nation from the defeat in the war, with French assistance. Naval development speeds up, with the fleet modernizing swiftly. The two sloops are rebuilt to form the nucleus of a fleet on Gichigamee. The military modernizes also, with muskets being more commonly adopted, along with cavalry tactics. Christianity spreads again, with many being both Tuktist and Christian. Following the cession of the remainder of Aksimiki Island to France, the capital is shifted to Nhu Euskadi. Nehilaw merchants hear of the suffering of the Beothuk tribe in Newfoundland, which has suffered heavily from disease and attacks, and several Beothuk seize the opportunity to flee Newfoundland for the Cree lands. Three sloops begin construction, and will be finished in 1664. Immigration speeds up again; French and Basque immigrants are joined by disaffected Livonians and Beothuk and even a few Conteli (having fled the famine via France). The formation of the Nehilaw state church, usually referred to as the Tuktist Church, continues. Tensions rise with the Ashinaabe. One priest has the bright idea of combining cassina and corn beer to create a highly alcoholic, heavily caffeinated drink, which his congregation guzzles with relish. He decides to refer to the beer as Tsicha, meaning "liquid joy". Several farmers offer him corn supplies to brew more, with him adding the cassina before fermentation this time. The area eagerly awaits the results.
    • Gojijiwiningag: The military improves. Cree and Ojibwe languages begin to hybridize.
    • Chisasibi: The military improves.
    • North Ojibwe: The military is improved. The Cree and Ojibwe languages begin to hybridize. A sloop begins construction and will be finished in 1670.
    • Piankeshaw: The military is improved. Cree immigrate.
    • Nipissing: The newly vassalized state improves its military with modern technology.
  • Bohemia: A border control team is on the border to protect our nation. Each trooper checks each person coming into the nation. The military trains our troops harder the same way the Spartans did. Vladimir Kliment marries a women of the name Sara. Farming and blacksmithing are our most important industries. Some people mine. We ask Livonia, Westphalia and Hamburg for an alliance.
    • Silesia: We build up our military and economy.
    • Moravia: We build up our military and economy.

Livonia doesn't exist any more.

  • Tawatinsuyu: Within the Empire proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. A great mourning is spread across the empire as the news is broken that Apaec the Conqueror, has died of a European disease. After a lengthy debate within the empire's elite, the sister of Apaec, Cava, is put on the throne, taking the title "Sapa Inca, Empress of Peru and her peoples." While many elites believe she will continue to take a back seat in government like she did as a princess, they are mistaken. Cava sets to work continuing her brother's reforms. One such reform is to elevate Chiribaya from a vassal to its own empire. She places herself on the throne as the Empress of Chiribaya, forming the Empire of Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at 4.5 million, with the largest city being Cuzco (140k), then Peru (75k), Machu Picchu (60k), Chimu (50k) Sican (30k) and New Burgundy (25k). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confederation, it consists of Peru and her vassals.
    • Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 600,000.
    • Hanan Peru: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed and preparations are made to join the Peruvian Confederation as the Empire of Peru alongside Collaquimbaya. Population stands at 600,000.
    • Collaquimbaya: Expansion program begins. Population stands at 25,000.
  • The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. War plans in Borealia are put on indefinite hold as political and economic tensions ease with Scandinavia. Britannic assistance to Croatia in the reforms is permitted. The Empire inacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. Ships are moved toward Siam. The Academia Canterbrigae is formed as a science institution at Cambridge. The Academia extends contact to the Imperial Society to help in the flow of knowledge. Pascal Rulings invents the adding machine. Edmund James Smith invents the barometer. Britannia declares support for the Johannist forces. The Britannia Royal Navy begins a massive naval campaign and troops are landed in Southern lowlands. Britannia also fully adopts flintlocks with better firepower and reiability. The armories in Oxfordshire and Berkshire begin to produce these weapons in some quantity.
    • Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
    • Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
    • New Dublin: Continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
    • Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
    • Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newspaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
    • New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand. The Borealian colonies all expand inland 1000 sq km
    • Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Most locals now see themselves as loyal British citizens and now fully vote and represent the colonies, Ghana becomes the first Brittannic colony to invoke near self rule, with little regulation from the homeland due to the mutual respect from the others. Any separatist movements are largly ignored.
    • Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives at Port William on the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises.
    • L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area.
  • Czardom of Croatia (Hrvatsko Carstvo): Croatia focuses primarily on its economy. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Czar. The Czar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. With the economic crisis, the Czar searches for ways to relief his nation. The influx of new resources from is expected to aid. However, the Czar recalls the issue of the war against Austria, before Croatia became a Czardom and makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is opened and the silver is mined. Timurism begins to spread amongst the clergy in Croatia and even the Patriarch of the Brothers of the Raven studies it, noticing potential in it.<joke>We continue vassalizing France (Turn Five out of 100)</joke>
    • Croatian Knezdom of Dahomey (Kneževina Dahomej): The economy is primarily developed. The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
    • Knezdom of White Croatia (Kneževina Bijelohrvatska): The economy is primarily developed and the idea of White Croats re-emerges in the region. This idea leads to Czechoslovakia being renamed White Croatia.
    • Knezdom of Carantania (Kneževina Karantanska): The economy is primarily developed and the process of Croatization begins, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Knezdom closer to the Czardom.
  • Vorlayacor: The nation's population reaches 1.5 million. The army and navy continue their training. Farming and manufacturing continue to transform the economy of the interior to one more similar to that of the coast.
  • Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand economy and military.
  • Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1660, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate in the capital. In Munchen,  Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Leopold II, aged 30, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Leopold continues attempting to propagate the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 50% of Bavaro-German secondary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, and uptick of 25% of primary speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 5000 remaining in Saxony, and 5000 in Thuringia. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. The 5000 troops in Bohemia are split and diverted to Osterreich and Brandenburg/Pomerania. 2500 arrive in Osterreich, while 1000 and 1500 arrive in Brandenburg and Pomerania, respectively. Furthermore, Leopold II decides to release Austrian Switzerland this year, allowing it independence. In other news, Bavaria and Swabia are consolidated, while Franken and Greater Saxony are consolidated into the Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen. The King sends financial and food aid to Austria, and announces that the Bavarian crown will pay for 35% of all infrastructural renovations in Austria, Brandenburg, Pomerania. In royal news, the King now has two children: Anna-Sophia (born 1657), and Franz-Dominic (born 1659). Queen Klara reveals she is with child by the end of 1660. In other news, the 1660 census shows at 8,500,000 people live in all Bavarian realms. In HRE news, King Leopold II and Austrian officials reshuffle the electorate of the empire.
    • Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Albert I, age 38, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Albert normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. Albert and Henryka von Puttkamer marry. They have a child in early March of 1660, but the child, a boy, dies within a few days. Having no male relatives to pass the throne to, Albert's de facto heir remains to be King Leopold II.
    • City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
    • Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
    • Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
    • Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 35% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In 1657, Leopold orders that crown delegates will be sent to Vienna to assess how damaged the city remains to be. Over the year, the delegates visit the city, and as expected, face a good amount of animosity from the populace. Making it clear that Bavaria wants to seek a revival of pre-war Austria, the delegates slowly get used to the city. Towards the end of their visit, the delegates make it clear that Bavaria will be continuously lowering taxes in Austria as well as paying for most of the renovations.
    • Holy Roman Empire: The HRE continues to nominally exist in Germany, but the Imperial throne remains vacant since the death of Wolfgang I in 1653. Leopold I announces an imperial election to take place in 1661. On March 8, Leopold writes and releases a royal proclamation naming Heinrich-Josef von Eggenberg as a nominee for the Imperial Throne. Despite announcing an electorate reshuffle, King Leopold II reconsiders this action due to the precarious situation with Bohemia.
    • Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert I, age 32, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 35% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Margrave Albert marries Brandenburger Merchant's daughter Elisabeta Mittendau in February. A son is born in early November, whom the Margrave names Albert, after himself.
    • Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duke Franz-Ballard, age 21, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Franz-Ballard orders that several repairs commence on the several ports in Pomerania, including heavy repairs on the main ports. This is done to revitalize trade, commerce, and transport as soon as possible. Later on, Leopold and Franz-Ballard plan on touring Pomerania in order to make it known that he holds no ill will for any Pomeranian. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 35% of all renovations in Pomerania.
    • Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, and Nei Regens all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. Another settlement, named Nei Regens, is founded on the northern tip of Wilhemsbaum Insel.
  • Attention PM players! TE vs. CP has officially begun! Come on over and sign up or post if you've already signed up!
  • Scandinavian Empire: King Kristoffer II continues to oversee the rebuilding of Scandinavia after the civil war. While restoration efforts have largely finished, some rural areas are still affected. The economy improves as Scandinavia capitalizes on the wars in the Baltic and in the Netherlands. This economic growth leads to a feeling of prosperity that has not been seen since John II took the throne. Russia's war with Pskov is denounced. Scandinavia warns Russia to stand down or it will take action.
    • Attawanodron: The economy expands.
    • Iceland: The military is improved.
    • Huronsmark: The military is improved.
    • Karelia: The military is destroyed.
    • Schleswig: The military is expanded.
    • Strombek: The military is expanded. Strombek expands by 2000 sq km.
    • Vinland: The military is expanded. Vinland expands by 2000 sq km.
  • The Consulate of Dacia: Vladimir II, now 37, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Dacia, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also, terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. The strangely colder weather begins to impact population growth negatively and it slows to almost a crawl. food production stabilizes, and much more growth in the foreseeable future seems unlikely. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Elenora, now a child of 11 continues to grow under her mother’s tutelage. Mircea III, now 10, grows quickly. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow.
    • Kiev: With a newly instates Consulate the nobility are won over by Dacia. The system gives them much greater power within the nation, and they associate this newfound power with Dacian influence. This allows a quick restoration of stability, and the economy begins to recover.
    • Halych: Consul Yarlslav III improves the economy and military are both improved after last years scare.
    • East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. Many of the Magyar noble families are forced to marry into Romanian houses to retain their lands, otherwise it will be sold off to Romanian immigrants.
    • Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
    • Dacian Iritria: Nutmeg is produced for sale back in Europe. Trade is conducted with Ethiopia, and as our Christian brethren we offer them our protection. Wool and sheep production is also improved, as is mining for precious materials. This allows the economy to grow significantly.
  • Roman Empire: The conquest of Anatolia is complete, and Emperor Stephen I and Consul Thomas Doukas are hard at work integrating the new territories in the Empire's political and economic system. The Turks who live in the new lands are treated fairly, and the traditional policy of encouraging Turkish emigration first established by Theodore III is reinstated, with several hundred to a thousand Turks leaving the nation peacefully each year. The success in bringing most of Anatolia back into the Empire restores a considerable amount of the Empire's prestige, and the Empire grows as a result. The economy continues to grow through trade, and new mines established in Anatolia help fuel such growth. Military garrisons are established in some forts but also cities like Ancyra and Nicaea in order to help maintain order over the new lands. Greeks immigrate to these lands to accompany their families and also to set up new businesses or administration in the territories. Constantine IX is assassinated soon into his reign, and his younger brother John takes the throne as John IX.
      • Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels.
      • Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
    • Mansuryian Sultanate: This year marks the 100th anniversary of the Sultanate and it is quite eventful, as Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad dies and and his son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad’s coronation is held and he is the new Sultan, thus ending the rule of the Grand Council. As a result of the 100th anniversay of the Sulanate, the death of Abul Mulahlmin Ibn Nquad, and the coronation of Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad as the new Sultan, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. turn. With Sultan Abull Mulahlmin Ibn With our nation being re-established 100 years ago, there is a grand parade held in the center of Baghdad, celebrating 100 years of Manusurryian Sultanate History, and many reflect on what has happened. It all started with Aashif ibn Nuquad, who re-established the Mansurryian Caliphate after 57 years of its collapse, and made a deal with the Damascan Sultanate to be a Sultanate rather than a Caliphate in return for an eternal alliance. In order to gain control of the Sultanate, he conducted the Great Mansurryian Purge like his grandfather, Caliph Fatih, before him. After the Purge, Sultan Aashif Ibn Nuquad implemented the Mosque Model, which built up the infrastructure and the economy of the Sultanate significantly. Later, the Safavids collapsed, and the Sultanate and the Safavids went into a Union together, were the Great Safavid Purge took place. Unfortunately, however, the Safavids revolted, and the Sultan was killed, thus sending the nation into chaos. Thus the Interim Government under the Grand Council, conducted the Second Great Mansurryian Purge and declared the six year Great Safavid War in order to avenge the Sultan. After the war, the reign of Sultan Amir began, and it was a reign of peace, with the focus of the rebuilding of the Mansurryian Sultanate and Southern Persia under the Mosque Model. After 12 years under the Mosque Model (1568-1580), the Rebuilding Era was over, and Sultan Amir focused on the economy and vassalized Oman over the period of ten years (1580-1590) and Queshm Island was vassalized within five years (1585-1590). From 1590-1595 Milh, Masirah, and Baharain was vassalized. From 1590-1600 the military and the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was being built. In 1600, the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was built up and Sultan Abdul-MuhaiminIbn Nuquad built up the infrastructure and economy from 1600-1632. In 1622-1632, the Interim Government took over and continued the Sultan’s policies of peace, until the Aeyptian War took place (1626-1629) The Sultan’s son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad was the general of the Manssuryian force in Aegypt and the chief Mansurryian diplomat of The Treaty of Alexandria, which lead to the creation of the Red Sea Governate and the Southern Sinai Governate. Now two years later, Asim’s father has died, and Asim is the new Sultan. Because The Aegyptian War and the Treaty of Alexandria brought wealth, land, power, and glory to Manssuryia, and brought the approval and the love of his father, Sultan Asim Asad Ibn Nquad believes that having a strong military is the key to the success of the Sultanate, and thus begins a massive military build up throughout the nation and to all mainland vassals. With our 100th anniversary, we elect Sultan Abuil Mulalmin Ibn Nquad as the new leading Sultan of the UIN). The ten year plan is complete. With the ten year plan complete, we are fully mobilized for war, and the Sultan declares war on Yemen, declaring that Yemen has been a thorn in the Sultanate's side for far too long, and that its destruction will benefit Manssuryia. (Casus belli: Attacking to assert political hegemony over the Middle East) We begin an extensive military campaign to crush the Persian rebellion. 
        • Southern Persia: Infrastructure build up is complete. We now go back to building up military.
        • Oman: Military build up restarts.
        • Queshm Island: Military is built up.
        • Milh: The Governor was installed one year ago during the transnational period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Implementation of the Mosque Model. Mil turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593. Now that it is the year 1600, we open up our port, Milh, access will be proposed, negotiated, accepted, or declined under Mansurryian diplomacy.
        • As a result of the land exchange for Masirah and trading rights, Yemen cedes part of Yemeni Eritrea to us, consisting of OTL Djibouti, and we found the port city of New Baghdad (OTL Djibouti City) as the colony's capital. The colony of New Baghdad also includes Ali Sabielh, as a sort of inland capital to administer New Baghdad's interior, as well as a jump start point for expansion. The Colonial Governor is in charge of New Baghdad, and is met with the traditional Mansurryian welcome of the Mosque Model. (This is especially symbolic since the Mosque Model was introduced to Old Baghdad (Manssuryian Sultanate) 70 years ago. The Mosque Model works like this: Mosques are the centre of the town, and as the centre of each markets and homes are built around the mosques, thus creating towns. As new towns are created roads are created between them, thus fueling the economy. The money used from the economy boom is used to build new mosques, which makes the cycle go all over again. Other results include rise in Sunni Islam and support for the governor. A plan for a road between New Baghdad and Ali Sabieh is being worked out, as well as a plan to connect Addis Ababa, Ali Sabieh and New Baghdad. Wells, along with mosques, are constructed. We expand 50 px inland. We start trading with Romanian Somalia.
        • Southern Suez Governate: With the annexation of Sharm El Sheik and the surrounding area in Southern Suez, we set up Sharm El Sheik as the capital, and we implement the Mosque Model with the intention of it becoming a major port as well.
        • Mansurryian Dip: We request that the nations of Damascas and Dacia help us in our war with Yemen. 
  • Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.4 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. With a black plague resurgence we quarantine much of the areas trying to prevent further major spread. Emperor Alejandro expands the artistic side of the empire seeing it as a massive and boring monolithic empire with no real legacy. He uses the royal treasury (the one of the family) to commission various works of art and attracts various other artists to the Empire especially in Spain in order to bring about an artistic revolution. The Emperor, however, begins to construct a series of reforms and with approval from parliament manages to correct various colonial bureaucracies to prevent disinterest in rule as well as prevent racial and status stratification within the New World Colonies. New Spain, however, is labelled the Crown jewel of the American territories due to its massive population, and its ability to fight natives independently, as well as retake Upper Peru from the French. With the Viceroyalty having been the dominant form of government in New Spain for a long time the various charters now essentially unused and superceded by the Viceroyal government are ended in favor allowing some representative bodies in the colony. Spain officially offers fully support to the Johannists in the Netherlands. This coincides with a large fleet deployment of nearly 100 ships and a large deployment of nearly 25,000 troops. 
  • Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well. Italy joins with the Johannist faction to finish the civil war sending 50 of its own ships and nearly 15,000 men
      • Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
      • Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 
      • Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated two million and counting. The nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
      • Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
      • Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics. 
      • Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy. 
      • Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
      • Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. 
      • Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 1000. The Kongo officially deploys 40,000 soldiers under the leadership of Spanish officers. Local Spanish naval ships blockade the Austrian colony of Kamerun.
      • Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overwork and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km.
      • Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
      • Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched Indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
      • Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
      • Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory.
      • Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony proper. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 2.5 million and growing mostly through domestic growth rather than immigrational growth. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile preparing both the Mapuche and the Chilean territories for integration into the Viceroyalty proper within the next few decades.
      • Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
      • Viceroyalty of New Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 200,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 17,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. 
      • Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. The Spanish governor of the Philippines helps the people along the southern islands evacuate in face of the volcano promising housing for those wishing to not go back.
      • Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. Oyo deploys its armed forces as well to go fight the Austrian in Kamerun but only if they attack first. The Spanish fleet blockades from here as well.
      • Chile: The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 3000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 20,000  The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day. The Spanish instigate a large expansionary policy of connecting Chile with New Spain in a big way making a dedicated push across the continent. The silver mines in the area known as Potosi become legend as the most silver production in the Hesperian and Borealian continents are located here. Chile recovers from the earthquake rebuilding the town and repopulating it.
      • East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories. 
      • Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
      • Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
      • Cochin: The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 850,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain. The Royal Governor of Cochin begins to show a large interest in developing the territory and expanding into the Myanmar area, renamed Greater Cochin by the Governor. 
      • Shan State: The Shan state is officially put under the authority of Cochin with the governor of Cochin running both under a singular department. Spanish wealth attracts opportunists who are used to set up a more major local economy as well as pushing for a solid armed force of about 2000. The Shan economy begins to be run and integrated with Cochin and the Shan state begins a rather lucrative expansion of some cash crops. The population is around five million people many who have suffered debilitating exploitation for no gain under Tibet. The Shan state, however, does begin to see improvement under the Spanish system.
      • Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that can not set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City of Dawei raises a Sepoy army of about 1000.
      • Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoy troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. 
      • Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and ships move in to begin the major trade route. 
  • Imperium of Heaven: Military and economy are developed.
  • Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The construction of the observatory allows for Urdustani examination of the stars, and they begin to use translations of European texts to facilitate their own, independent observations. Trade with Kham continues, as well as financial offerings to stabilize their economy. Due to the current drought, there is a drastic decrease in the crop turnout in India, leading to the potential for a famine. Irrigation is attempted, but as so far, it has little success in the several regions of Middle India that are hardpressed to find major rivers.
      • Swargadeo of Barphanivāsa (Barpha nivāsa kē rājya, برف مکان کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Trans-Assam continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. In the newly conquered regions of Tibet, there is a beginning of attempts to cultivate the land to farm potatoes and cotton mainly. However, since this is fairly early in the efforts, herding of yaks, goats, cattle, and sheep remain the economic mainstay of the Tibetan region. Efforts to convert the new peoples is minimal, waiting for a stabilization of the economy. In light of this, the Urdustani Tanki is implemented as the new currency of the Tibetan region. Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues.
      • Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): The Rayja of Vijaynagara , still ruled over by the Urdustani Emperor, begins to see some reforms. These reforms include making it easier for Hindus to become part of the noble caste, lowering their taxes and requirements. To compensate for this loss of Islamic power, however, schools increasingly put more emphasis on learning Urdu, an Islamic language in the Arabic script.
      • The Plutocratic State of Jaunpur (جونپور کے بہت سے پردانوں ریاست, Jaunapura kē ka'ī ra'īsōṁ rājya): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them. After having been provided Urdustani financial loans and levies for almost a century, several of the ruling nobility begin to call on the rebellious and belligerent nobility to recind their actions, or risk destabilizing Jaunpur at the point of its restabilization.
      • The Sultanate of Deccan (دکن کے سلطان, Ḍēkkana kī saltanata): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them. After having been provided Urdustani financial loans and levies for almost a century, Ahmed Shah Bahmani III begins to call on the rebellious and belligerent nobility to rescind their actions, or risk destabilizing Jaunpur at the point of its restabilization.
      • The Rayja of Sindh (سندھ کی بادشاہی,Sindha kē rājya): Now vassalized by Urdustan, greater focus begins to be put on its shipping industry and infrastructure to transport items to ports, so as to maximize the amount of income from its farmland in regards to potatoes, indigo, and opium. The military begins to be reformed to more Urdustani tactics, but not by an increase of Urdustani nobility, but rather through simple advisors, which means that NOT all of the Sindh soldiers will be up to the caliber of Urdustani soldiers.
        • Urdustani Dip: We ask that any nation that we have great trade dealings with (UIN members, Spain, Croatia, Dutch, Romans, Britannians) if we may secure shipments of food to decrease the severity of the drought.
      • France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 6500 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 3400 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150k soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125k from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25k from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20k from Jamaica and 30k from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this through the empire. The war on Prussia finally ends.
      • Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE - German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them. The war on prussia finally finishes.
      • Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The war on Prussia finally ends.
      • Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country. Joins the Dutch Rebels of the Johannist rebels and declares war on the Dutch Monarchists.
      • Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
      • Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
      • French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
      • Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. Joins the Dutch Rebels of the Johannist

1661

  • Suri Empire: Prince Amir Terah continues his education, proving to be a bright pupil (Turn Three of 13). Border patrols continue. We continue to expand our economy. The sultan sends a permanent unit to defend (OTL) Fort Landi Kotal. In secret, the Sultan conscripts the top students from Khan Pir Islam to develop a method to make our firearms better. Friendly relations with Urdustan and Lanka continue.
    • Marwar (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Military expanded and borders are heavily patrolled. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan.
    • Delhi (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Military expanded and borders are heavily patrolled. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan
  • Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg and its subject expand their economies. Troops from the Hessian War continue to occupy Westphalia, but with the annexation of the Paderborn, Lippe, and Brunswick-Göttingen regions, preparations are made to pull back while the House of Habsburg prepares to take charge.
NOTE: during the Hessian War, I, with Austrian assistance conquered and occupied Westphalia. Even with Austria's concurrent war penalty following the Spanish invasion, my scores almost quadrupled those of Westphalias. Nothing short of joining the war directly on the side of Westphalia would've saved it. Ms didn't occupy anything directly, as he diverted troops to fight the other war, I was the sole occupier. Since I am the sole occupier, I can release it to whomever I want. -Guy
  • The Kiatagmiut Band continues to develop economically as domestication continues alongside infrastructure progress and more frequent use of qayaqs, especially for trade.
  • Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
  • Manchu Empire: With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son Qing Fúlín Shìzû succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of cattle, horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods especially lumber to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers with light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy and importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms. As Outer Mongolia continued to suffer from destabilisation and moreover, from the nomadic lifestyle adopted by the majority of people, it was slightly difficult to maintain control therefore the Manchu Empire deployed their soldiers to enter into Outer Mongolia and establish control. This was certainly not an outright invasion but rather an attempt to vassalise the state and make the Mongols accept Manchu sovereignty. This was indeed needed to force the Mongols to open up their markets and trade to the Manchu in order for Manchu goods to flood into their market and for Manchu merchants to establish well control over the Mongol economy. The troops deployed by Manchu were specifically ordered to not act on their own accord, but to put down any opposition immediately and stealthily. The border between the Imperium of a Heaven and the Outer Mongolian Khanate had numerous Manchu troops deployed to make sure there was no attempt by the Imperium to conquer Outer Mongolia, after having suffered a major loss at the hands of the Mongol Khanate. Hailar had fallen to to Manchu troops and the military continued to advance into the heartland of the Mongol state. The military suffered numerous guerrilla attacks but the majority of Mongols had been captured which led to diminishing support for the guerrilla armies. Mil Turn/Eco Turn
    • Manchu - Hispania Diplomacy: Keeping in mind, that in order to acquire an advantage over other Chinese states, the Manchu had to look up to the Europeans for help; a diplomat was sent to the Spanish Embassy in Japan. The diplomat was expressed the views of Emperor Qing Fúlín Shìzû, who was keen on signing a trade agreement with Hispania which involved the export of Chinese goods and raw materials to Hispania in exchange for silver and weaponry (old ones). The Spanish embassy was also informed that the Spanish would be granted an enclave from where the trade of these gods would take place.
    • Hispanian Dip: We accepted.
    • Manchu - Japan Diplomacy: Whilst the diplomat is awaiting a reply from the Spanish Embassy, he visits the Imperial Palace of the Emperor of Japan, that is to inform the Emperor of the marriage proposal brought foreword by Emperor Qíng Fúlín Shìzû of Manchu to be between the daughter of Emperor Qing and the son of the Emperor of Japan.
  • Ayutthaya: As a part of Ayutthayas expansion, we enforce our authority and we dramatically expand our military. We continue to strengthen our navy and we build more ships based on European and Japanese design. We look to Vassalise Nicobara and the join the territory with the native territory in Teressa and Bompoka. (Turn One of Three) Rifle military is expanded and we increase our porduction on the Nicobaran Fort (Turn Seven of Ten). Our relations with Lanka and the Japanese Empire. Trade is improved with natives and we hope that vassalisation will be peaceful and no excessive military force is necessary.
  • Yeah, there not even close to you culturally. If you want to take them, prepare for a protracted war.
  • |onte: The famine in |onte has come to a halt due to better harvest, a lower population, and food imports. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,110,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon XII takes the head of the Eheresito hu Suida, and maintains relations with both Zimbabwe and !Xoonte. Mon X has noticed that Mon XII's works in Zimbabwe can be well felt, as the higher class uses |on frequently. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the wellbeing of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 100k strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports, and the buying of ships. Mon also begins buying ships from France. Isa hu Kuneneli invents the refracting telescope.
  • In the name of His Moderatorial Majesty, Princess Andrew of 777 I must inform you that the refracting telescope has already been invented by a Britannic scientist and he suggests you check the Science page for more information about inventions. -Sky
  • Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to gain followers in the small towns next to Busan.
  • Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1661, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate in the capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Leopold II, aged 31, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Leopold continues attempting to propagate the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 50% of Bavaro-German secondary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, and uptick of 25% of primary speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 5000 remaining in Saxony, and 5000 in Thuringia. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. The 5000 troops in Bohemia are split and diverted to Osterreich and Brandenburg/Pomerania. 2500 arrive in Osterreich, while 1000 and 1500 arrive in Brandenburg and Pomerania, respectively. Furthermore, Leopold II decides to release Austrian Switzerland this year, allowing it independence. In other news, Bavaria and Swabia are consolidated, while Franken and Greater Saxony are consolidated into the Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen. The King sends financial and food aid to Austria, and announces that the Bavarian crown will pay for 35% of all infrastructural renovations in Austria, Brandenburg, Pomerania. In royal news, the King now has three children: Anna-Sophia (born 1657), Franz-Dominic (born 1659), and Karl (born 1661). Queen Klara reveals she is with child by the end of 1660. She has a son in 1661, whom she names Karl. In other news, the 1660 census shows at 8.5 million people live in all Bavarian realms. In HRE news, King Leopold II and Austrian officials reshuffle the electorate of the empire.
    • Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Albert I, age 39, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Albert normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. Albert and Henryka von Puttkamer marry.
    • City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
    • Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
    • Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
    • Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 35% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In 1657, Leopold orders that crown delegates will be sent to Vienna to assess how damaged the city remains to be. Over the year, the delegates visit the city, and as expected, face a good amount of animosity from the populace. Making it clear that Bavaria wants to seek a revival of pre-war Austria, the delegates slowly get used to the city. Towards the end of their visit, the delegates make it clear that Bavaria will be continuously lowering taxes in Austria as well as paying for most of the renovations. A university, paid for and chartered by the Bavarian crown, is founded in Vienna.
    • Holy Roman Empire: The HRE continues to nominally exist in Germany, but the Imperial throne remains vacant since the death of Wolfgang I in 1653. Leopold II announces an imperial election to take place in 1661. On March 8, Leopold writes and releases a royal proclamation naming Heinrich-Josef von Eggenberg as a nominee for the Imperial Throne. Despite announcing an electorate reshuffle, King Leopold II reconsiders this action due to the precarious situation with Bohemia.
    • Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert I, age 33, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 35% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Margrave Albert marries Brandenburger Merchant's daughter Elisabeta Mittendau in February. A son is born in early November, whom the Margrave names Albert, after himself.
    • Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duke Franz-Ballard, age 22, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Franz-Ballard orders that several repairs commence on the several ports in Pomerania, including heavy repairs on the main ports. This is done to revitalize trade, commerce, and transport as soon as possible. Later on, Leopold and Franz-Ballard plan on touring Pomerania in order to make it known that he holds no ill will for any Pomeranian. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 35% of all renovations in Pomerania.
    • Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, and Nei Regens all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. Another settlement, named Nei Regens, is founded on the northern tip of Wilhemsbaum Insel.
  • Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.6 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. With a black plague resurgence we quarantine much of the areas trying to prevent further major spread. Emperor Alejandro expands the artistic side of the empire seeing it as a massive and boring monolithic empire with no real legacy. He uses the royal treasury (the one of the family) to commission various works of art and attracts various other artists to the Empire especially in Spain in order to bring about an artistic revolution. The Emperor, however, begins to construct a series of reforms and with approval from parliament manages to correct various colonial bureaucracies to prevent disinterest in rule as well as prevent racial and status stratification within the New World Colonies. New Spain, however, is labelled the Crown jewel of the American territories due to its massive population, and its ability to fight natives independently, as well as retake Upper Peru from the French. With the Viceroyalty having been the dominant form of government in New Spain for a long time the various charters now essentially unused and superceded by the Viceroyal government are ended in favor allowing some representative bodies in the colony. The support for the Johannist continues (dependent of whether the war is over or not) Hispania accepts the Manchu offer for trade in exchange for a direct on land enclave. Hispania sends food to urdustan via Cochin.
  • Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well. Italy joins with the Johannist faction to finish the civil war sending 50 of its own ships and nearly 15,000 men
    • Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
    • Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships.
    • Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated two million and counting. The nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
    • Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
    • Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
    • Vatican City:Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy. 
    • Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
    • Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco.
    • Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 1000.
    • Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overwork and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km.
    • Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
    • Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched Indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
    • Zapoteca: The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about four million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administrates a good amount of the Zapotecan territories. 
    • Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
    • Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory.
    • Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony proper. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 2.5 million and growing mostly through domestic growth rather than immigrational growth. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile preparing both the Mapuche and the Chilean territories for integration into the Viceroyalty proper within the next few decades.
    • Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
    • Viceroyalty of New Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 200,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 17,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors.
    • Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. The Spanish governor of the Philippines helps the people along the southern islands evacuate in face of the volcano promising housing for those wishing to not go back.
    • Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. Oyo deploys its armed forces as well to go fight the Austrian in Kamerun but only if they attack first. The Spanish fleet blockades from here as well.
    • Chile: The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 3000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 20,000  The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day. The Spanish instigate a large expansionary policy of connecting Chile with New Spain in a big way making a dedicated push across the continent. The silver mines in the area known as Potosi become legend as the most silver production in the Hesperian and Borealian continents are located here. Chile recovers from the earthquake rebuilding the town and repopulating it.
    • East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
    • Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
    • Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
    • Cochin: The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 850,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain. The Royal Governor of Cochin begins to show a large interest in developing the territory and expanding into the Myanmar area, renamed Greater Cochin by the Governor.
    • Shan State: The Shan state is officially put under the authority of Cochin with the governor of Cochin running both under a singular department. Spanish wealth attracts opportunists who are used to set up a more major local economy as well as pushing for a solid armed force of about 2000. The Shan economy begins to be run and integrated with Cochin and the Shan state begins a rather lucrative expansion of some cash crops. The population is around five million people many who have suffered debilitating exploitation for no gain under Tibet. The Shan state, however, does begin to see improvement under the Spanish system.
    • Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that can not set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City of Dawei raises a Sepoy army of about 1000.
    • Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoy troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South china sea company and manages to secure 500 elite Spaniard troops to guard the interest in China
    • Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and ships move in to begin the major trade route.
  • France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 6500 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 3400 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150k soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125k from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25k from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20k from Jamaica and 30k from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this through the empire. The war on Prussia finally ends.
    • Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE - German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them. The war on prussia finally finishes.
    • Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The war on Prussia finally ends.
    • Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country. Joins the Dutch Rebels of the Johannist rebels and declares war on the Dutch Monarchists.
    • Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
    • Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
    • French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
    • Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. Joins the Dutch Rebels of the Johannist rebels and declares war on the Dutch Monarchists.
  • Nehilaw Sachemate: Now a protectorate of France, the Nehilaw rebuild their nation from the defeat in the war, with French assistance. Naval development speeds up, with the fleet modernizing swiftly. The two sloops are rebuilt to form the nucleus of a fleet on Gichigamee. The military modernizes also, with muskets being more commonly adopted, along with cavalry tactics. Christianity spreads again, with many being both Tuktist and Christian. Following the cession of the remainder of Aksimiki Island to France, the capital is shifted to Nhu Euskadi. Nehilaw merchants hear of the suffering of the Beothuk tribe in Newfoundland, which has suffered heavily from disease and attacks, and several Beothuk seize the opportunity to flee Newfoundland for the Cree lands. Three sloops begin construction, and will be finished in 1664. Immigration speeds up again; French and Basque immigrants are joined by disaffected Livonians and Beothuk and even a few Conteli (having fled the famine via France). The formation of the Nehilaw state church, usually referred to as the Tuktist Church, continues. Tensions rise with the Ashinaabe. The preists latest supply of Tsicha beer is even more intoxicating then the last, and he triples production for next year. War is declared on the Ashinaabe, and 10,000 men invade the nation, supported by heavy siege guns and the two rebuilt sloops, which have no match on Gichigamee.
    • Gojijiwiningag: The military improves. Cree and Ojibwe languages begin to hybridize.War is declared on the Ashinaabe.
    • Chisasibi: The military improves.War is declared on the Ashinaabe.
    • North Ojibwe: The military is improved. The Cree and Ojibwe languages begin to hybridize. A sloop begins construction and will be finished in 1670. War is declared on the Ashinaabe.
    • Piankeshaw: The military is improved. Cree immigrate. War is declared on the Ashinaabe.
    • Nipissing: The newly vassalized state improves its military with modern technology. War is declared on the Ashinaabe.
  • Bohemia: A border control team is on the border to protect our nation. Each trooper checks each person coming into the nation. The military trains our troops harder the same way the Spartans did. Farming and blacksmithing are our most important industries. Some people mine. We ask Livonia, Westphalia and Hamburg for an alliance. The king has twins. There names are Frederick and Rudolph. We start to fix up the roads and build more outposts.
    • Silesia: We build up our military and economy.
    • Moravia: We build up our military and economy.
    • Lusatia: We build up our military and economy.
      • Bavarian Dip: We petition King Vladimir for an alliance and trade pact.
  • Kiatagmiut Band continues to develop into a more modern type of economy and travel by qayaq continues as does the road.
  • Czardom of Croatia (Hrvatsko Carstvo): Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Czar. The Czar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. With the economic crisis, the Czar searches for ways to relief his nation. The influx of new resources from is expected to aid. However, the Czar recalls the issue of the war against Austria, before Croatia became a Czardom and makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is opened and the silver is mined. Timurism begins to spread amongst the clergy in Croatia and even the Patriarch of the Brothers of the Raven studies it, noticing potential in it.<joke>We continue vassalizing France (Turn Six out of 100)</joke>
    • Croatian Knezdom of Dahomey (Kneževina Dahomej): The military is primarily developed. The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
    • Knezdom of White Croatia (Kneževina Bijelohrvatska): The military is primarily developed and the idea of White Croats re-emerges in the region. This idea leads to Czechoslovakia being renamed White Croatia.
    • Knezdom of Carantania (Kneževina Karantanska): The military is primarily developed and the process of Croatization begins, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Knezdom closer to the Czardom.
  • Wu China: We complete the construction of the docks on the coast. Major renovations are done to our capital. Military is developed and more tensions arise across the Min border.
  • Roman Empire: The conquest of Anatolia is complete, and Emperor Stephen I and Consul Thomas Doukas are hard at work integrating the new territories in the Empire's political and economic system. The Turks who live in the new lands are treated fairly, and the traditional policy of encouraging Turkish emigration first established by Theodore III is reinstated, with several hundred to a thousand Turks leaving the nation peacefully each year. The success in bringing most of Anatolia back into the Empire restores a considerable amount of the Empire's prestige, and the Empire grows as a result. The economy continues to grow through trade, and new mines established in Anatolia help fuel such growth. Military garrisons are established in some forts but also cities like Ancyra and Nicaea in order to help maintain order over the new lands. Greeks immigrate to these lands to accompany their families and also to set up new businesses or administration in the territories. Constantine IX is assassinated soon into his reign, and his younger brother John takes the throne as John IX.
      • Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels.
      • Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
    • Tawatinsuyu: Within the Empire proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. A great mourning is spread across the empire as the news is broken that Apaec the Conqueror, has died of a European disease. After a lengthy debate within the empire's elite, the sister of Apaec, Cava, is put on the throne, taking the title "Sapa Inca, Empress of Peru and her peoples." While many elites believe she will continue to take a back seat in government like she did as a princess, they are mistaken. Cava sets to work continuing her brother's reforms. One such reform is to elevate Chiribaya from a vassal to its own empire. She places herself on the throne as the Empress of Chiribaya, forming the Empire of Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at 4,500,000, with the largest city being Cuzco (140k), then Peru (75k), Machu Picchu (60k), Chimu (50k) Sican (30k) and New Burgundy (25k). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confedereation, it consists of Peru and her vassals.
      • Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 600,000.
      • Hanan Peru: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed and preparations are made to join the Peruvian Confederation as the Empire of Peru alongside Collaquimbaya. Population stands at 600,000.
      • Collaquimbaya: Expansion program begins. Population stands at 25,000.
  • The Consulate of Dacia: Vladimir II, now 38, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Dacia, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also, terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. The strangely colder weather begins to impact population growth negatively and it slows to almost a crawl. food production stabilizes, and much more growth in the foreseeable future seems unlikely. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Elenora, now a child of 12 continues to grow under her mother’s tutelage. Mircea III, now 11, grows quickly and begins to learn the art of statesmanship and military strategies. He is especially taken with the achievements of Hannibal, the Carthaginian general who almost defeated Rome, the boy even goes so far as gathering all the boys and young men of Galati. With the assistance of non-commissioned officers in the Dacian Legion he creates a war game of Hannibal’s greatest victory, Cannae. During the skirmish an estimated 12,000 boys beat each other with sticks and shot leather tipped arrows at each other. The casualties are estimated at roughly 130 injured and two dead, both from badly prepared arrows. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow.
    • Kiev: With a newly instates Consulate the nobility are won over by Dacia. The system gives them much greater power within the nation, and they associate this newfound power with Dacian influence. This allows a quick restoration of stability, and the economy begins to recover.
    • Halych: Consul Yarlslav III improves the economy and military are both improved after last years scare.
    • East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. Many of the Magyar noble families are forced to marry into Romanian houses to retain their lands, otherwise it will be sold off to Romanian immigrants.
    • Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
    • Dacian Iritria: Nutmeg is produced for sale back in Europe. Trade is conducted with Ethiopia, and as our Christian brethren we offer them our protection. Wool and sheep production is also improved, as is mining for precious materials. This allows the economy to grow significantly.
  • County of Oldenburg: The military expands, and Neu Norderney exands south.
    • Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: Economy improves.
  • Empire of Japan: The economy is built up. A Japanese colonialist named Yokohama comes to the court of the Emperor Yoshi II. He is trialled for disloyalty to the emperor and not worshiping Shinto. He dies after a long, painful, tortuous death. The minorities, as well as unhappy colonists and non-Shinto followers, launch a military coup on the capital. He emperor, a follower of the samurai, had lost a fight with another person. This meant to Yoshi II to commit suicide in a ritual, surrounded by many loyalists. However, as he died without an heir, someone had to become the new one. After some more fighting, the opposition wins and transforms Japan into a monarchal empire, with Yokohama's son Yokohama II, as emperor. However, during all of this, Merchant ships travel west to India to collect spices to preserve food for the new empire, where they encounter Punjab traders. The Punjabians, selling opium, purchase the opium, giving it to the emperor. The Japanese Start trading south, to trade more with other nations. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the disorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, know to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan. Yokohama II asks for his son, Yokohama III, to marry a Manchu princess.
    • Ainu (Vassal of Japan): The economy is improved. Trade ships are starting to be built, so the Ainu can trade more with Japan and their companions.
    • Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. A huge project of 50 galleys/frigates plan to be built by 1670, and construction on them starts.
    • Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs.
    • Taiwan (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan.
    • North Vietnam: Economy is improved.
    • South Vietnam: Economy is improved.
  • Damascan Sultanate: Sultan Sulimen V takes over at the age of 19. He celebrates his 37th birthday and promotes migration to Damascus (دمشق) as it now numbers 465,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's (أنطاكية) population grows to 345,000. The people continue to rally toward Islam. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 24.9 million. Karaman and Damascus become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed. Relations with Urdustan and Mansuriyya are increased. Light matchlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. Jerusalem (القدس) grows to 370,000. Sultan Sulimen V declares war on the Yemenite SultanateTo celebrate the Demak Sultanate joining the UIN, Sultan Sulimen V marries Princes Maahnoor. They have a son Sultan Sulimen VI. Princess Ablahadahla is married to Sultan Asad Khan Lari, of the Suri Empire. Prince Sulimen VI is now 9. We send camel riders into center Arabia to begin exploring the northern and western edges. 270,000 soldiers are sent to Persia. The huge amount of military presence in Persia has calmed many of the rebels fearing death. Any people who show resistance are immediately killed. The Sultan assures the people that Shi'ite Islam will be tolerated to a certain point, and if rebellions continue, harder consequences will be instilled. We join efforts with the Tartary to quash these rebellions. We join efforts with the Mansuriyya Sultanate to quash these rebellions. We increase relations with theSuri Empire and Demak Sultanate.
    • Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With becoming a newly fastened vassal once again under the rule of the Damascan Sultanate, the vassal's neighbor, Dibayakir begins to become more friendly with both Karaman and Damascus. Karaman expands infrastructure. Karamania begins merging into Damascan proper.
    • Southern Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Military expands. Borders are re-inforced and patrolled. Azerbaijan after 50-55 years of Damascan influence, the region is somewhat Muslim-Turk with the majority of the previous Orthodox Christians moving to Armenia. Azerbaijan is reaffirmed into the Damascan Sultanate. Troops are sent to re-inforce the vassal. Azerbaijan now is 80% Muslim, as more holy men are sent in to spread the true word.
    • Aleppraqht (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade is increased and now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 55,000. Economy expands. Ships are constructed.
    • Dhubab (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The port city in Yemen bought from the Dacians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy expands. With the small 10 px expansion in Africa, Dhubab now strengthens its hold as the jewel of the Sanaamarib Strait. Ships are constructed.
    • Cairo (city-state of the Damascan Sultanate): Economy and infrastructure expands. Cairo's (القاهرة) population rises to 405,000. As many of the Muslims throughout Aegypt now face fealty under Roman rulership flock to the great Muslim city, in haven to be in an Islamic community. Troops in the Aegyptian war take refuge in the city while continuing and partaking in missions to finish off the small bit of resistance which Aegypt still holds. We finish constructing a port city, and now begin expanding it, on the small bit of coast to be connected with Damascan proper. Ships are constructed.
    • Sinai (annexation of the Damascan Sultanate): The desert peninsula of Sinai is very scarce in population. Although along the southern and northern tips, the people flourish, with medium sized towns, and bountiful trade routes. Economy expands with gaining Damascan trade. Oils, glass, gold, and firearms flow through the new trade routes into Aegypt. Trade increases with Dacia, Croatia and Rome. Merges into the Damascan proper. Ships are constructed.
    • Sanaamarib (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With the new province in Yemen being swarthed, the Sultan Sulimen V begins extensive trade routes with the vassal in Africa. We expand infrastructure. Ports are constructed, and a navy is continued to be built. Ships are constructed.
    • Port Sudan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): We send more Muslim holy men to Port Sudan in order to spread Islam further in Nubia. To pay back to Nubia for their generosity we send militarisitc support to Nubia in any future endeavors they wish to proceed in. We give them guns and the advanced technology to build old Dutch modeled ships, as well as advanced matchlock rifles. We expand our military. We allow access for Nubia to use the Philadelphi Canal, until Rome permits them grant, they will have to fly a Damascan flag on their vessels. Ships are constructed.
  • Empire of Lanka: The Empire focuses on westernization, military (and the navy), the economy, and infrastructure. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Lanka making the empire more westernized. Samir III orders that all official affairs to be handled in the more reliable Dutch Guilder. Due to Rajakaas being decommissioned and removed, the Dutch Guilder is starting to be used by all classes and castes. Most of the army is equipped with Dutch/western weapons and many cannons given to them over the years. Most of the army also have Dutch military training, to learn Dutch/western tactics, and the number continues to go up. Population increases, and reaches over 450,000. The navy is ordered to explore more around India, Indonesia and China. King Samir III continues to allow the building of naval bases and trade posts in Lanka. Although the education is not completely funded, Lankan schools begin to teach Dutch as a second language. Because of the Dutch merchants in the area, Dutch Reformist begins to be sampled among a small amount of the population. Wealthier native Lankans begin to wear fancy Dutch clothes. All of this Dutch influence begins to make a small mix of culture between Lankan (Sinhala culture in particular) with Dutch culture. Samir III starts improves relations with Urdustan, Dai Viet, and Ayutthaya. Some small and expensive (non-government funded) private schools are appearing in major cities of the country, that teach western mathematics and sciences. Some upper-class Lankans get education at these facilities. Samir III also mentions his plans to build a new capital city to the west of Sri Jayawardenepura Kotte name Waardige with the help of the Netherlands (OTL Colombo). In the new capital he plans to build a university and grand palace (named Prima). Although neutral with the situation in the Netherlands, Samir III somewhat supports Johann, and starts to discuss with the Johannist government about amendments to the treaty. The navy slightly expands and mainly consists of large (used) Dutch warships. Samir III's heir gets taught in the fields of Mathematics, Astronomy and Government. After six years, the building project of the long road on the west coast of the island is complete. Named Kust Weg (Coast Road in Dutch), it starts in Jaffna goes through where Waardige is planned, and ends on the southern end of the island. The road will be mainly used for military and trade purposes, but it also functions for civil and transportational purposes. IN HUGE NEWS: With the Blueprints for Waardige being complete, construction of the city has begun. The city will contain a canal system, a Dutch district, a trade district, a government district, a district with Sinhala (a small amount of Tamil) citizens, a University, and a grand palace. The building has begun slowly as it is currently solely funded by only Lanka, but the Johann government has agreed to help after the civil war. The project is estimate to take 50 to 75 years (Turn Three of Many). Trade continues to increase with the new trade agreements, but not at full potential due to cautiousness because of the pirates. The pirates adopt the name සෙඅ බන්දිට්ස් (Sea Bandits) in Lanka. Samir III invades the island of african culture named Nikobara. Lanka and Urdustan send a small but superior force with siege equipment to take the island.
    • Grand Duchy of Kotte: Kotte focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure and westernization. The Kottan army integrates into the Lankan army. King Samir also orders Kotte currency to be decommissioned. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Kotte. Population reaches over 90,000.
    • Grand Duchy of Nava Kotte: Nava Kotte focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure and westernization. Nava Kotte becomes a good trade post, used in trading with Ayutthaya, Dai Viet, and Dutch colonies in Indonesia. The colony assembles a very miniscule local (non-government funded) armed force to defend the island. Although the population is very miniscule, due to the amount of Dutch merchants, a (very) small port is established on the north of the island called "Port Willem" (after the Dutch King), and is where many of the merchants reside. There is a high concentration of Dutch culture, due to migration from the less profitable Lankan mainland.
    • Grand Duchy of Jaffna: Jaffna focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure and westernization. A majority of Jaffnan citizens accept Lankan vassalization, but some are rebellious. King Samir III also declares Jaffnan currency to be slowly decommissioned and replaced by the Dutch Guilder. Although the Jaffnan army was previously destroyed, loyal soldiers are being equipped with Dutch weapons. The size of the army is slowly growing back to where it was previously. The Jaffnan navy and army are integrated with Lanka's, and the Greater Dutch Realm. Population reaches over 175,000.
  • Imperium of Heaven: Military and economy are built up.
  • Pskovian forces re-inforce the borders with Russia and Poland, waiting patiently for their advance, although it has been three yeras, no real military action has occured, earning the war the nickname of "the phony war" amongst the Pskovian Populace. More of the New military uniforms are handed out to recruits and soldiers. In the Meanwhile, most if not all of the new UK(Union of Konigsberg) constitutions are presented to the Grand Duchess in Pskov, Including a basic charter of rights, and restrictions making the Grand Prince a figurehead in many cases, giving much power to the Parliaments, whatever they decide to call them. Pskov, Lithuania Minor, and Latvia work on Economy, while the Prussians and Narvans work mostly on the Military. IN the Colonies everything is going well, and in Pskov the End of the Census is nearing, and the count is ongoing in the Ministry of Statistics as to determine the new population of Pskov. Pskovian diplomats tour the world waiting an actual Russian attack. Some Historians are already naming the period of 1610-Present the Era of War, because of the almost ceaseless war, starting with the Livonian war, somehwere in europe. The Phony war has managed to let Pskov somehwat recover from the Conquest of Prussia in the Continuation war, and establish small militias in the states, as to allow the Pskovian military to leave the Prussian states, and fortify the borders in Pskov. The Census goes on almost unimpeded, and numbers will begin to be counted officially next year. The estimated population is around 1.2 million for Pskov Proper, and 200,000 for Eesti. Upon the recomendation of Velikaya Knyaginya Elena, all the UK transitional governments pass a law establishing unified census dates throughout the Union, in concert with Pskov, starting in 1680.
  • Netherlands: Following the final victory over the Anti-Johannist forces their is jubalation in Brussels, Antwerp, Namur, Amsterdam, The Hague and other major cities in commemoration of the reunification of the Lowlands. However, scars and damage produced by the war remain visible and much of the North lies ravaged by the fires of war. The once beautiful cities of The Hague and Amsterdam are heavily damaged leading to an increase in the economic importance of the cities of Antwerp, Brussels and the cities of Wallonia. The States-General grants general amnesty to all those woh fought under Hendrik and allows them to return to their homes. All foreign mercs are discharged with full pay, and bonuses for service, The 3000 Magyar who served in the Johannist army are allowed the right to settledown in any part of the Dutch Empire they wish to granting them special privledges such as exemption from taxes. Payment of debts to the Dutch bankers and to Hispania begin as trade and general production begins again allowing a slow but steady flow of revenue to enter the Kingdom.Johann signs the act of common law, recognizing the basic rights and freedoms of the Nobility, Bourgoisie, and common folk of the Lowlands. Under the act of common law The States-General The States-General pass several reforms balancing the Tax system, and commercial reforms. The Hague is restored to its former position as the capital of the Netherlands. However, due to damages Brussels remains the centre of political power in the Kingdom. Standardization and reformation of the Royal army continues as snaphaunce are phased out being replaced by the flintlock, Lined infantry formations are officially adopted as the standard for the Army. Naval expansion begins once more. Scientific development continues specially in Brussels. The civil war having left deep scars on the land and on the souls of those who reside in the Netherlands produces a new wave of artistic expression much darker then the pre-war style, and taking on a more realist outlook on life. Wallonia and Flanders enjoy a rise in importance within the Netherlands. The military is placed under the direct control of the Stadtholder and the States-General reflecting the truimph of the will of the nation over the will of the soviergn though the crown remains the dejure commander of the armed forces. The States-General also secure the right to reject an heir to the throne or force the current soviergn to abdicate if they produce a valid reason or feel that the Act of Common Law is being infringed upon. They also pass the act of Nassau establishing that the crown may not be passed on to a non-reformist, and to someone who is not of the House of Nassau-Orleans. Upon discovering the presence of Hamburg troops on Hendrik's side in the civil war, Their is general outrage amongst the members of the States-General and demands for Hamburg to pay compensation. The government authorizes privateers to start targeting Hamburg ships and colonies though not under the dutch flag. One such privateer develops a refracting telescope. (someone had to invent it (its already 50 years late). The treaty of Luxembourg is signed while a diplomat is sent to Frankfurt to review and negotiate the treaty of Frankfurt. Johann's children are groomed for the throne as Johann's health worsens. His youngest child Robrecht is declared the Prince of Holland (Crown Prince) while his daughter Sandra is choosen to serve as regent once Johann comes to pass.
  • In the name of His Moderatorial Majesty, Princess Andrew of 777 I must inform you that the refracting telescope has already been invented by a Britannic scientist and he suggests you check the Science page for more information about inventions. -Sky
    • Netherland's East India Company: With the reorganization of power beginning in the homeland reforms are started in the East Indies territories. Administration is overhauled to bring it into a centralized administration while local autonomy of the Company's vassals is reaffirmed. The Company army begins reforms to create three divisions of the so called Native troops, Indian troops, and European troops. Amongst the reforms put forward efforts to assimilate and convert the Malay and Javanese are ceased and respect of local cultures is assured Malacca, Brunei, Dutch India, and Sunda are reclassified as Client States of the Company and a majority of Internal autonomy is returned while the Company assumes control of foreign policy and protection of its client states. Demek efforts to improve relations with the East India Company are welcomed and Batavia offers them a trade agreement, a similar policy with Suri is started as well. The Company requests Urdistani permission to begin recruiting Indian troops again, offering good pay and large pensions and land claims upon completion of service. the sale of black slaves to the Indian subcontinent is expanded greatly. Efforts to monopolize the trade routes of the East Indies is started up again. Trade with Lanka and Suri expand. Lanka is offered the opportunity to revise the treaty of protection.
    • Dutch Africa: The European-educated black elites in Benin are granted greater autonomy as long as they provide the quota of slaves, ivory, and other tradable goods. efforts to break Austrian dominance in the Cameroon region begin. The Governer requests that the Hague enforce Dutch interests in the region and secure a deal with Austria at all costs. 
    • Guiana: The population of Guiana has steadily grown over the past 100 years reaching a population of 12,000 white settlers and some 7000 black slaves. Economic growth continues and Paramaribo is declared the colony's capital. Plantations continue to grow and demands to open the interior for further exploitation begin. Culturally the colony remains Dutch-Wallon. Relations with the natives continue to deteriorate as incursions into native land continues and enslavement of the native population begins to work in construction. Efforts to isolate and destroy native culture begin. Exploration of the interior continues as expansion along the new Rhine river (otl orinoco river) continue as well as along the Amazon River claiming 500 pixels in total. Expansion of military control into the Interior continues with outposts being constructed to enforce Dutch-Wallon rule over the colony. Dutch Privateers begin operating out of Guiana though under false flags and harrassing of Hamburg ships begin. 
  • Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand economy and military.

1662

In Wesphalia, after a long period of occupation by the Hamburg’s forces and the recent enthroning of the previous archduke of Austria and his family in Frankfurt leads to a series of uprisings throughout the nation claiming for the liberation of their nation, one of the uprisings is heavily crushed by a group of austrian military corps near the city of Frankfurt, leading to an all out rebellion that spreads rapidly in Westphalia, the enraged people of the nation enters the lightly defended city and slaughters the loyalist forces in its path to the palace where they find the Archduke and slay him while capturing his family and take them into Hesse’s territory. Soon landlords reestablish the borders of most of the counties prior to Westphalia’s existence (Revert to Default status prior to the game’s start),they leave the Holy Roman Empire citing its “failure to protect is states and inefficient defense against foreign threats” and establish the Westphalian confederation and request for dutch, french and spanish support to defend their nation, Austrian and Hamburg royalist forces manage to hold Nassau and Frankfurt (Any act of war by any nation towards any member of the confederation will be an act of war against all members,Vassalage is also impossible in a period of less than 50 years) (Score undoubled: Military: 10, Economy: 8, Infrastructure: 8 for all the nations)

But there isn't a Habsburg occupation, this event basically just kicks Frankfurt (the city) out of Westphalia. How come Westphalia conquered all these states from Austria, Trier, Cologne, and not a single revolt, but when a new king is crowned, they all declare independence and leave the Holy Roman Empire for some reason? They were all fine with being forcefully conquered several times, but not okay with a new king? We just had a war, and I won fair and square. The Netherlands and Westphalia were soon to be in personal union, yet they ask for support from the Dutch. Also, isn't it a bit biased and extreme to revolt my nation into a half dozen different entities?

You also lost the rest of your empire, and Most of the states they conquered had revolted before (but those conquered from Austria's empire). It's also a revolt to the family that ruled their foe, and the occupation by Hamburg, plus you get to keep Nassau and Frankfurt. In all simplicity this is "Fuck it, I'm going SOLO B@#%&!" LOL
Westphalia didn't lose any of its empire though, unless you count a concession to Hamburg (not in this event).
  • Suri Empire: Prince Amir Terah continues his education, proving to be a bright pupil (Turn Four of 13). Border patrols continue. We continue to expand our economy. The sultan sends a permanent unit to defend (OTL) Fort Landi Kotal. In secret, the Sultan conscripts the top students from Khan Pir Islam to develop a method to make our firearms better. Friendly relations with Urdustan and Lanka continue. We start vassalizing Nepal [that strip East Delhi] (Turn One of Six). We also ask Urdustan for enough pixels to create a port on their Eastern border.
    • Marwar (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Military expanded and borders are heavily patrolled. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan.
    • Delhi (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Military expanded and borders are heavily patrolled. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan
  • Damascan Sultanate: Sultan Sulimen V takes over at the age of 19. He celebrates his 38th birthday and promotes migration to Damascus (دمشق) as it now numbers 405,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's (أنطاكية) population grows to 245,000. The people continue to rally toward Islam. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 24.9 million. Karaman and Damascus become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed. Relations with Urdustan and Mansuriyya are increased. Light matchlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. Jerusalem (القدس) grows to 270,000. Sultan Sulimen V declares war on the Yemenite SultanateTo celebrate the Demak Sultanate joining the UIN, Sultan Sulimen V marries Princes Maahnoor. They have a son Sultan Sulimen VI. Princess Ablahadahla is married to Sultan Asad Khan Lari, of the Suri Empire. Prince Sulimen VI is now 10. We send camel riders into center Arabia to begin exploring the northern and western edges. The Sultan assures the people that Shi'ite Islam will be tolerated to a certain point, and if rebellions continue, harder consequences will be instilled.We invade Diyabakir and ask the Roman Empire for an NAP. We increase relations with the Suri Empire and Demak Sultanate. We continue to help the Kingdom of Nubia become Islamic, as they donate 10 px inland, our final present from Nubia we send more holymen to spread the word of Muhammad and God.
    • Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With becoming a newly fastened vassal once again under the rule of the Damascan Sultanate, the vassal's neighbor, Dibayakir begins to become more friendly with both Karaman and Damascus. Karaman expands infrastructure. Karamania begins merging into Damascan proper.
    • Southern Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Military expands. Borders are re-inforced and patrolled. Azerbaijan after 55-60 years of Damascan influence, the region is somewhat Muslim-Turk with the majority of the previous Orthodox Christians moving to Armenia. Azerbaijan is reaffirmed into the Damascan Sultanate. Troops are sent to re-inforce the vassal. Azerbaijan now is 80% Muslim, as more holy men are sent in to spread the true word.
    • Aleppraqht (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade is increased and now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 45,000. Economy expands. Ships are constructed.
    • Dhubab (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The port city in Yemen bought from the Dacians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy expands. With the small 10 px expansion in Africa, Dhubab now strengthens its hold as the jewel of the Sanaamarib Strait. Ships are constructed.
    • Cairo (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Economy and infrastructure expands. Cairo's (القاهرة) population rises to 325,000. As many of the Muslims throughout Aegypt now face fealty under Roman rulership flock to the great Muslim city, in haven to be in an Islamic community. We continue expanding the port city, on the small bit of coast to be connected with Damascan proper. Ships are constructed. Cairo becomes an official vassal.
    • Sanaamarib (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With the new province in Yemen being swarthed, the Sultan Sulimen V begins extensive trade routes with the vassal in Africa. We expand infrastructure. Ports are constructed, and a navy is continued to be built. Ships are constructed.
    • Port Sudan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): We send more Muslim holy men to Port Sudan in order to spread Islam further in Nubia. To pay back to Nubia for their generosity we send militarisitc support to Nubia in any future endeavors they wish to proceed in. We give them guns and the advanced technology to build old Dutch modeled ships, as well as advanced matchlock rifles. We expand our military. We allow access for Nubia to use the Philadelphi Canal, until Rome permits them grant, they will have to fly a Damascan flag on their vessels. Ships are constructed.
  • Manchu Empire (Personal Union with Japan): With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son Yokohama III (Son if the Emperor of Japan) succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of cattle, horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods especially lumber to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers with light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy and importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms and many firearms imported from Hispania were reverse-engineered to create identical copies. [Mil/Infra Turn]
    • Hailar Khaganate: With the defeat of the guerrilla forces in Hailar, Manchu control over the state was set up. The Emperor Qing Fúlín Shùnzhì, appointed Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon as the Governor of the state who in turn introduced a series of reforms which included support of settlement, ordering the people to put a halt to their nomadic lifestyles. Moreover, Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon supported the construction of schools in order to spread western knowledge to the rural areas and to educate the people. Meanwhile, a paramilitary consisting of 500 men was set up to maintain law and order in the state, and a system of spies had been established to eradicate opposition to Manchu rule. The native Mongol people were treated generously, but all those that had fought against the Manchu in the war were sent to work in the fields.[Mil/Eco Turn]
    • Manchu - Japan Diplomacy: The marriage proposal between Prince Yokohama III of Imperial Japan and Princess Roujia Shùnzhì of the Manchu Empire, is accepted. To commemorate and honour the union that now exists between the Empire of Japan and the Empire of Manchu, a major Shinto temple is to be constructed with statues of the Shinto God Susano'o and Amaterasu by its sides
    • Manchu - Imperium Diplomacy: A diplomat is sent to the Imperium of Heaven to inform them of the wish of Emperor Qing Fúlín Shùnzhì, that is to sign a Non - Aggression Pact with the Imperium which will last for 20 years, and to maintain cordial relations. The Manchu inform the Imperium, that the Manchu would be willing to allow the Imperium to utilise Manchu ports for overseas trade or to trade with other Chinese states for the states of Uighur Khaganate, Jin Empire and Ming Empire that neighbour the Imperium are hostile to the Imperium and would disapprove of allowing Imperium merchants to use their land.
  • The Kiatagmiut Band continues to develop as a modern nation state. Domestication continues at an increasingly growing rates while population soars.
  • Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
  • Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to gain followers in the small towns next to Busan.
  • Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to economy. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an updated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. Ingria is declared a vassal, and we continue to influence Ingria. The threat of war with Pskov ends, and we advocate for a peace treaty with Prussia and Pskov. We remind the world that we only mobilized to ensure Prussia's sovereignty, and to follow our treaty obligations. War, however, is now over.
  • Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1662, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate in the capital. In Munchen,  Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Leopold II, aged 32, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Leopold continues attempting to propagate the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 50% of Bavaro-German secondary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, and uptick of 25% of primary speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 5000 remaining in Saxony, and 5000 in Thuringia. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. The 5000 troops in Bohemia are split and diverted to Osterreich and Brandenburg/Pomerania. 2500 arrive in Osterreich, while 1000 and 1500 arrive in Brandenburg and Pomerania, respectively. The King sends financial and food aid to Austria, and announces that the Bavarian crown will pay for 35% of all infrastructural renovations in Austria, Brandenburg, Pomerania. In royal news, the King now has three children: Anna-Sophia (born 1657), Franz-Dominic (born 1659), Karl (born 1661), Katharina. Queen Klara gives birth to a daughter in 1662, whom she names Katharina. In political news, Bavaria and all vassals leave the HRE (see below). In economical news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. Bavaria also signs an alliance and trade pact with Bohemia.
    • Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Albert I, age 40, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Albert normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. Albert and Henryka von Puttkamer marry.
    • City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
    • Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
    • Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
    • Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 35% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In 1657, Leopold orders that crown delegates will be sent to Vienna to assess how damaged the city remains to be. Over the year, the delegates visit the city, and as expected, face a good amount of animosity from the populace. Making it clear that Bavaria wants to seek a revival of pre-war Austria, the delegates slowly get used to the city. Towards the end of their visit, the delegates make it clear that Bavaria will be continuously lowering taxes in Austria as well as paying for most of the renovations. A university, paid for and chartered by the Bavarian crown, is founded in Vienna.
    • Holy Roman Empire: In political news, 1662 is a very large, daunting year for Leopold II. Not only is it his tenth anniversary of his ascencion, but the massive revolts in Westphalia have totally destabilized the HRE. Unrest builds rapidly in Bavaria propert and especially in Austria. Not only is Vienna no longer the Imperial Seat, but the last remaining Archduke, a cultural and political staple of the Austrian nation, was murdered in Frankfurt. As Austria teeters on turmoil, Leopold II meets with his councillors and attempts to find a solution to the unrest. The King is upset himself after Westphalia, first occupied by Hamburg and then occupied by fleeing Habsburgs,  provided a rival claimant to the imperial throne in the form of Rudolph V, complicating the 1661 election beyond measure. The Westphalian state, already beleagured by war and anti-Habsburg animosity, immediately collapses upon the arrival on the throne of a Habsburg. To make matters even more complex, this collection of Westphalian states seceded from the Empire. In brief: The 1661 Imperial election was convuluted by Rudolph Habsburg, who then took control of Westphalia after the Hamburg evacuation. Westphalia thus revolted, confederalized, left the Empire, and Rudolph was killed. As it stands mid-year, the Imperial throne is vacant and western Germany is a war-torn catastrophe. Frankfurt becomes the de facto center of the HRE, as Vienna is under Bavarian rule and friendly relations were restored with Prague. It is at this point that Leopold II realizes that the Empire is essentially maimed beyond healing. As early as May, Leopold II theorizes a full Bavarian secession from the Empire. He discusses this with his councillors as well as his wife Klara. His councillors are taken aback, and his Austrian-born wife is of a similar temperament. Finally, in late July, Leopold decides that Bavaria, and all Bavarian realms, will secede from the HRE. He convenes the Curia Bavaria on July 24 and presents his Secession Decrees to a polarized parliament. If they agree on anything, it is that the Austrian government and general populace must be notified before any action is taken, in order to avoid an uprising as best as possible. The Crown deploys several diplomatic envoys to Vienna beginning in early September to notify Austrian councillors of the current situation. Many are shocked at the King's notions, yet they realize the destability the HRE is facing. Vienna is no longer an Imperial Seat. The last remaining Archduke and Emperor fled and attempted to take over Westphalia, and was murdered for it. The only remaining bastion of Imperial integrity, Frankfurt, lies in unorganized, revolted territory. Several of the officials send sour letters back to Landshut, refusing to agree to any secession. Knowing that the Austrians would prize an imperial seat or any sort of power, Leopold II sends letter back to Vienna, promising that a successor empire would be established, one which Vienna would be at the center of. The Austrians receive this letter in late September, and become much less hestitant to the idea of secession. As long as they have a place in Bavarian politics, they agree to a secession. Leopold hears word of this, and is more than elated. On October 4, the Curia Bavaria votes on the Secession Decrees. Over the course of six days, the vote passes. On the 10th of October, 1662, Bavaria, and all vassal realms, officially leave the Holy Roman Empire. In the following months, Leopold II goes on a royal tour of Austria, and is subject to the widespread discontent, fear, and unruliness that has spread following imperial secession. Giving speeches in Vienna and Linz, as well as several Austrian villages, Leopold II reassures that the Austrian nation and people will be given an unprecedented amount of freedom, power, and agency not ever seen under Habsburg rule. In all of his speeches, he speaks of continual aid to Austria, which include lowered taxes, food shipments paid for by the Bavarian crown, and crown-backed mass renovations. Also, Leopold promises that a separate Austrian parliament will be established in Vienna come 1663, a notion which cheers many up. Leopold's speeches seem to calm the country down over the rest of the year.
    • Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert I, age 34, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 35% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Margrave Albert marries Brandenburger Merchant's daughter Elisabeta Mittendau in February. A son is born in early November, whom the Margrave names Albert, after himself.
    • Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duke Franz-Ballard, age 23, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Franz-Ballard orders that several repairs commence on the several ports in Pomerania, including heavy repairs on the main ports. This is done to revitalize trade, commerce and transport as soon as possible. Later on, Leopold and Franz-Ballard plan on touring Pomerania in order to make it known that he holds no ill will for any Pomeranian. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 35% of all renovations in Pomerania.
    • Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, and Nei Regens all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. Another settlement, named Nei Regens, is founded on the northern tip of Wilhemsbaum Insel.
    • Bohemia Dip: We agree to the alliance and trade pact.
  • France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 6500 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 3400 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150k soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125k from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25k from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20k from Jamaica and 30k from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this through the empire. The Annexation of Neu Franken is made official under the Name of Nouvelle Artois and the Zollern Islands Renamed Illes Carolinnes
    • Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE - German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them.
    • Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
    • Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country. Joins the Dutch Rebels of the Johannist rebels and declares war on the Dutch Monarchists.
    • Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
    • Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
    • French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
    • Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. Joins the Dutch Rebels of the Johannist rebels and declares war on the Dutch Monarchists. 
    • Free City of Danzig: The military, economy infrastructure and navy are built up, the establishment of the City as a Vassal of France after the occupation of the city since 1655
  • Bohemia: A border control team is on the border to protect our nation. Each trooper checks each person coming into the nation. The military trains our troops harder the same way the Spartans did. Farming and blacksmithing are our most important industries. Some people mine. We  continue to fix up the roads and build more outposts. We start to build new churches and fix up the old ones. We thank Bavarian for accepting the alliance.
    • Silesia: We build up our military and economy.
    • Moravia: We build up our military and economy.
    • Lusatia: We build up our military and economy.
  • Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand economy and military.
  • Scandinavian Empire: The military is expanded as three frigates are rolled out of Copenhagen docks this year. Construction of King Kristoffer II's palace on Anholt Island is almost complete. This massive castle is fully staffed with servants and guards. Each servant and guard has lodging, making them residents of the island. A defensive fortress is built around the island to deter tresspassers and pirates. Ships not carrying a certain flag that come within range of the cannons will be fired upon. A defensive perimeter is established at five miles around the island, ensuring the cannons on the island should hopefully never have to fire. As opposed to the Winter Palace, this palace for the king becomes open to diplomats. In August, the Fæstningø Palace welcomes King Kristoffer III. In the meantime, trade with Manchuria is proposed.
    • Attawanodron: The economy expands.
    • Iceland: The military is improved.
    • Huronsmark: The military is improved.
    • Karelia: The military is destroyed.
    • Schleswig: The military is expanded.
    • Strombek: The military is expanded. Strombek expands by 5000 sq km.
    • Vinland: The military is expanded. Vinland expands by 5000 sq km.
  • Czardom of Croatia (Hrvatsko Carstvo): Croatia focuses primarily on its economy. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Czar. The Czar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. With the economic crisis, the Czar searches for ways to relief his nation. The influx of new resources from is expected to aid. However, the Czar recalls the issue of the war against Austria, before Croatia became a Czardom and makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is opened and the silver is mined. Timurism begins to spread amongst the clergy in Croatia and even the Patriarch of the Brothers of the Raven studies it, noticing potential in it.<joke>We continue vassalizing France (Turn Seven out of 100)</joke>
    • Croatian Knezdom of Dahomey (Kneževina Dahomej): The economy is primarily developed. The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
    • Knezdom of White Croatia (Kneževina Bijelohrvatska): The economy is primarily developed and the idea of White Croats re-emerges in the region.
    • Knezdom of Carantania (Kneževina Karantanska): The economy is primarily developed and the process of Croatization begins, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Knezdom closer to the Czardom.
  • The Tartary suffers with the lowering temperature of the world. However, this doesn't stop Siberian expansion, which now is not primarily led by the agricultural peoples of the Volga or the emigrant Turks, but rather a wave of Sakha and Ket expansion into the main rivers. Much of the northern half of the Yenisey and Lena rivers is already in Tatar hands, while the Ob is entirely under control of the Emperor. The economy begins shrinking because of a bad harvest this year; however, massive development occurs there. The military also begins to be modernised, while Julian II marries a young Mari woman.
    • Mangut Nivkhgu: begins expanding its fleet, as the first Nivkh naval expedition parts south towards the islands seen to the east of the Nivkh Bay. They find these islands are controlled by their traditional rivals, the Aynu. They find the Isle of Iturup first, and force the Ainu leader of the island to swear fealty to the Hang Mangut; this greatly pleases the court at Ñendaqo, which feasts with many pastries.
    • the Empire of Parthia: Continues its radical reformation of their nation. The road system on the Golestani coast continues to be developed, and its heavily fertile land begins to be farmed more lucratively. The Parthian population grows quite quickly as great farming is increased. The Four noble houses continue looking for the rest of the houses that have not yet been discovered; those are Sohae, Parni and Suren. The farming on the fertile Hyrcanian coast is heavily developed. This makes the population grow quickly; Parthia is much of the source for more tropical foodstuffs in the Tatar breadbasket, and it makes Permic merchants want to buy them at very high rates. The military is developed by initiative of the Mihran of Rayy, who are closer to the border and feel less safe. The Houses of Mihran, Sasan, Dahae and Karen agree to centralise their military forces and modernise them, as well as make the most of their highland territory, the birth of Parthia's ultra-defensive policy. Forts and railroads are constructed throughout the nation. Two new large ports are constructed to connect Tatar shipping rates to Mazandarani ones.
    • The Khanate of Khiva: Continues economic and military development. The population does not grow rapidly like in the rest of the Tartary, but does grow, as some Turks settle in the nation and some Kazakhs and Karalparak people settle down in cities. The Khivan authorities completely allow Islam full rights, but it is markedly on decline, as reported by major missionaries who show that attendance to Mastoravic temples is ever larger, and some mosques have been forced to shut down. The road system and economy are developed, as is the Khivan army.
    • The Emirate of Bukhara: Also develops its economy and military. Notably high birthrates are noted amongst the Bukhori Jews. Many Turks arrive on the nation, and begin settling down in the major cities, especially Samarkand and Tashkent, but they keep away from the Tajik regions in the centre and east of the nation. The Mastoravic faith has made many inroads into the nation, especially in the major cities; some estimates believe that up to half the population was Mastoravic, after fifty years of constant missionary work. The population quickly grows. The economy is developed through the construction of road systems with China and Khiva.
    • The Khanate of Azov: Also continues rapid development. The cities of Ine' Fëdor-Osh and Özu-Cale become extremely large, holding large amounts of the population. The city of Bashmachka is founded in the Dnieper river by Crimean Goths, and many Tatars from the right bank of the Dnieper move to the region around the nation. The economy and military are rapidly developed, as are the fortresses of the main ports.
    • The Principality of Chernihiv: Develops as well. The population shows quick growth as many Ukrainians leave to the area. However, they unwittingly bring in the Mastoravic faith and extremely heavy Tatar and Volga Uralic influences to their language. The Ukrainian language continues to diverge from standard East Slavic. The economy is developed, as is the military.
    • The Principality of Perm: Continues to develop its huge trade empire. Trade spreads as far west as Scandinavia and Europe and as far east as Mangut Nivkhgu. This leads to great economic growth. The population experiences huge growth and the economy does as well, with money flowing in tonnes by the population. The military is also developed, as forts are constructed in the western border, and roads are constructed. The nation experiences an economic boom.
    • The Khanate of Bajkal: also experiences development. While the population is not very conductive to growth, the economy is, with many native species and Bajkal water making great rare goods for trade. The military is a lot more prestigious, because of its "seven banners" organisation. Development occurs there.
  • |onte: The famine in |onte has come to a halt due to better harvest, a lower population, and food imports. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,160,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon XII takes the head of the Eheresito hu Suida, and maintains relations with both Zimbabwe and !Xoonte. Mon X has noticed that Mon XII's works in Zimbabwe can be well felt, as the higher class uses |on frequently. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 100k strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports, and the buying of ships. Mon also begins buying ships from France. Isa hu Kuneneli invents the refracting telescope.
  • Mangut Nivkhgu: expands 10,000 sq km northward. A trade mission is sent to Japan to build better relations after traders from China reveal that the Japanese pastry industry is not up to Nivkh Standards. Emissaries are also sent to Bukhara Bajkal in hopes of building strong alliances with these nations (Japan and Tartary Respond)
  • Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.6 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. With a black plague resurgence we quarantine much of the areas trying to prevent further major spread. Emperor Alejandro expands the artistic side of the empire seeing it as a massive and boring monolithic empire with no real legacy. He uses the royal treasury (the one of the family) to commission various works of art and attracts various other artists to the Empire especially in Spain in order to bring about an artistic revolution. The Emperor, however, begins to construct a series of reforms and with approval from parliament manages to correct various colonial bureaucracies to prevent disinterest in rule as well as prevent racial and status stratification within the New World Colonies. New Spain, however, is labelled the Crown jewel of the American territories due to its massive population, and its ability to fight natives independently, as well as retake Upper Peru from the French. With the Viceroyalty having been the dominant form of government in New Spain for a long time the various charters now essentially unused and superceded by the Viceroyal government are ended in favor allowing some representative bodies in the colony. The support for the Johannist continues (dependent of whether the war is over or not) Hispania accepts the Manchu offer for trade in exchange for a direct on land enclave. Hispania sends food to urdustan via Cochin.
  • Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well. Italy joins with the Johannist faction to finish the civil war sending 50 of its own ships and nearly 15,000 men
  • Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
      • Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 
      • Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated two million and counting. The nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
      • Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
      • Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
      • Vatican City:Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy. 
      • Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
      • Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. 
      • Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 1000. 
      • Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overwork and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km.
      • Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
      • Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched Indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
      • Zapoteca: The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about 4 million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administrates a good amount of the Zapotecan territories. 
      • Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
      • Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory.
      • Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony proper. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 2.5 million and growing mostly through domestic growth rather than immigrational growth. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile preparing both the Mapuche and the Chilean territories for integration into the Viceroyalty proper within the next few decades.
      • Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
      • Viceroyalty of New Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 200,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 17,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors.
      • Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. The Spanish governor of the Philippines helps the people along the southern islands evacuate in face of the volcano promising housing for those wishing to not go back.
      • Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. Oyo deploys its armed forces as well to go fight the Austrian in Kamerun but only if they attack first. The Spanish fleet blockades from here as well.
      • Chile: The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 3000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 20,000  The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day. The Spanish instigate a large expansionary policy of connecting Chile with New Spain in a big way making a dedicated push across the continent. The silver mines in the area known as Potosi become legend as the most silver production in the Hesperian and Borealian continents are located here. Chile recovers from the earthquake rebuilding the town and repopulating it.
      • East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories. 
      • Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
      • Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
      • Cochin: The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 850,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain. The Royal Governor of Cochin begins to show a large interest in developing the territory and expanding into the Myanmar area, renamed Greater Cochin by the Governor.
      • Shan State: The Shan state is officially put under the authority of Cochin with the governor of Cochin running both under a singular department. Spanish wealth attracts opportunists who are used to set up a more major local economy as well as pushing for a solid armed force of about 2000. The Shan economy begins to be run and integrated with Cochin and the Shan state begins a rather lucrative expansion of some cash crops. The population is around five million people many who have suffered debilitating exploitation for no gain under Tibet. The Shan state, however, does begin to see improvement under the Spanish system.
      • Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that can not set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City of Dawei raises a Sepoy army of about 1000.
      • Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoy troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea company and manages to secure 500 elite Spaniard troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghais operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
      • Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and ships move in to begin the major trade route.
  • Wu China: We continue a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Our navy is improved from last year, from where it needed to be cut.
  • Netherlands: Following the final victory over the Anti-johannist forces their is jubalation in Brussels, Antwerp, Namur, Amsterdam, The Hague and other major cities in commemoration of the reunification of the Lowlands. However, scars and damage produced by the war remain visible and much of th North lays ravaged by the fires of war. The once beautiful cities of The Hague and Amsterdam are heavily damaged leading to an increase in the economic importance of the cities of Antwerp, Brussels and the cities of Wallonia. The States-General grants general amnesty to all those woh fought under Hendrik and allows them to return to their homes. All foreign mercs are discharged with full pay, and bonuses for service, The 3000 Magyar who served in the Johannist army are allowed the right to settledown in any part of the Dutch Empire they wish to granting them special privledges such as exemption from taxes. Payment of debts to the Dutch bankers and to Hispania begin as trade and general production begins again allowing a slow but steady flow of revenue to enter the Kingdom.Johann signs the act of common law, recognizing the basic rights and freedoms of the Nobility, Bourgoisie, and common folk of the Lowlands. Under the act of common law The States-General The States-General pass several reforms balancing the Tax system, and commercial reforms. The Hague is restored to its former position as the capital of the Netherlands. However, due to damages Brussels remains the centre of political power in the Kingdom. Standardization and reformation of the Royal army continues as snaphaunce are phased out being replaced by the flintlock, lined infantry formations are officially adopted as the standard for the Army. naval expansion begins once more. Scientific development continues specially in Brussels. The civil war having left deep scars on the land and on the souls of those who reside in the Netherlands produces a new wave of artistic expression much darker then the pre-war style, and taking on a more realist outlook on life. Wallonia and Flanders enjoy a rise in importance within the Netherlands. The military is placed under the direct control of the Stadtholder and the States-General reflecting the truimph of the will of the nation over the will of the soviergn though the crown remains the dejure commander of the armed forces. The States-General also secure the right to reject an heir to the throne or force the current soviergn to abdicate if they produce a valid reason or feel that the Act of Common Law is being infringed upon.  They also pass the act of Nassau establishing that the crown may not be passed on to a non-reformist, and to someone who is not of the house of Nassau-Orleans. Upon discovering the presence of Hamburg troops on hendrik's side in the civil war, Their is general outrage amongst the members of the States-General and demands for Hamburg to pay compensation. The government authorizes privateers to start targeting Hamburg ships and colonies though not under the dutch flag.. Devaluation ends as profits and funds start trickling in to the kingdom again.
    • Netherland's East India Company: With the reorganization of power beginning in the homeland reforms are started in the East Indies territories. Administration is overhauled to bring it into a centralized administration while local autonomy of the Company's vassals is reaffirmed. The Company army begins reforms to create three divisions of the so called Native troops, Indian troops, and European troops. Amongst the reforms put forward efforts to assimilate and convert the Malay and Javanese are ceased and respect of local cultures is assured Malacca, Brunei, Dutch India, and Sunda are reclassified as Client States of the Company and a majority of Internal autonomy is returned while the Company assumes control of foreign policy and protection of its client states. Demek efforts to improve relations with the East India Company are welcomed and Batavia offers them a trade agreement, a similar policy with Suri is started as well. The Company requests Urdistani permission to begin recruiting Indian troops again, offering good pay and large pensions and land claims upon completion of service. the sale of black slaves to the Indian subcontinent is expanded greatly. Efforts to monopolize the trade routes of the East Indies is started up again. Trade with Lanka and Suri expand. Lanka is offered the opportunity to revise the treaty of protection. Efforts to exert influence over The Sumatran states renews as efforts to solidify control over trade in the region grow.
    • Dutch Africa: The European-educated black elites in Benin are granted greater autonomy as long as they provide the quota of slaves, ivory, and other tradable goods. efforts to break Austrian dominance in the Cameroon region begin. The Governer requests that the Hague enforce Dutch interests in the region and secure a deal with Austria at all costs. 
    • Guiana: The population of Guiana has steadily grown over the past 100 years reaching a population of 12,000 white settlers and some 7000 black slaves. Economic growth continues and Paramaribo is declared the colony's capital. Plantations continue to grow and demands to open the interior for further exploitation begin. Culturally the colony remains Dutch-Wallon. Relations with the natives continue to deteriorate as incursions into native land continues and enslavement of the native population begins to work in construction. Efforts to isolate and destroy native culture begin. Exploration of the interior continues as expansion along the new Rhine river (otl orinoco river) continue as well as along the Amazon River claiming 500 pixels in total. Expansion of military control into the Interior continues with outposts being constructed to enforce Dutch-Wallon rule over the colony. Dutch Privateers begin operating out of Guiana though under false flags and harrassing of Hamburg ships begin. 
  • County of Oldenburg: The nation's infrastructure is worked upon this year, with the port facilities at home and abroad being given particular attention. The OHG expands its fur-trapping operations around the Adelheid Sea. 
    • Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The militia is expanded. 
  • The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. War plans in Borealia are put on indefinite hold as political and economic tensions ease with Scandinavia. Britannic assistance to Croatia in the reforms is permitted. The Empire inacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. Ships are moved toward Siam. The Academia Canterbrigae is formed as a science institution at Cambridge. The Academia extends contact to the Imperial Society to help in the flow of knowledge. Britannia also fully adopts flintlocks with better firepower and reiability. The armories in Oxfordshire and Berkshire begin to produce these weapons in some quantity. The Academia Canterbrigae releases its first peer reviewed journal, the Commentarium 'Academia Canterbrigae. 
    • Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
    • Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
    • New Dublin: Continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
    • Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
    • Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
    • New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand. The Borealian colonies all expand inland 1000 sq km
    • Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Most locals now see themselves as loyal British citizens and now fully vote and represent the colonies, Ghana becomes the first Brittannic colony to invoke near self rule, with little regulation from the homeland due to the mutual respect from the others. Any separatist movements are largly ignored.
    • Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives at Port William on the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises.
    • L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area. 
  • Nehilaw Sachemate: Now a protectorate of France, the Nehilaw rebuild their nation from the defeat in the war, with French assistance. Naval development speeds up, with the fleet modernizing swiftly. The two sloops are rebuilt to form the nucleus of a fleet on Gichigamee. The military modernizes also, with muskets being more commonly adopted, along with cavalry tactics. Christianity spreads again, with many being both Tuktist and Christian. Following the cession of the remainder of Aksimiki Island to France, the capital is shifted to Nhu Euskadi. Nehilaw merchants hear of the suffering of the Beothuk tribe in Newfoundland, which has suffered heavily from disease and attacks, and several Beothuk seize the opportunity to flee Newfoundland for the Cree lands. Three sloops begin construction, and will be finished in 1664. Immigration speeds up again; French and Basque immigrants are joined by disaffected Livonians and Beothuk and even a few Conteli (having fled the famine via France). The formation of the Nehilaw state church, usually referred to as the Tuktist Church, continues. Tensions rise with the Ashinaabe. The preists latest supply of Tsicha beer is even more intoxicating then the last, and he triples production for next year. War is declared on the Ashinaabe, and 10,000 men invade the nation, supported by heavy siege guns and the two rebuilt sloops, which have no match on Gichigamee.
    • Gojijiwiningag: The military improves. Cree and Ojibwe languages begin to hybridize.War is declared on the Ashinaabe.
    • Chisasibi: The military improves.War is declared on the Ashinaabe.
    • North Ojibwe: The military is improved. The Cree and Ojibwe languages begin to hybridize. A sloop begins construction and will be finished in 1670. War is declared on the Ashinaabe.
    • Piankeshaw: The military is improved. Cree immigrate. War is declared on the Ashinaabe.
    • Nipissing: The newly vassalized state improves its military with modern technology. War is declared on the Ashinaabe.
  • Roman Empire: The conquest of Anatolia is complete, and Emperor Stephen I and Consul Thomas Doukas are hard at work integrating the new territories in the Empire's political and economic system. The Turks who live in the new lands are treated fairly, and the traditional policy of encouraging Turkish emigration first established by Theodore III is reinstated, with several hundred to a thousand Turks leaving the nation peacefully each year. The success in bringing most of Anatolia back into the Empire restores a considerable amount of the Empire's prestige, and the Empire grows as a result. The economy continues to grow through trade, and new mines established in Anatolia help fuel such growth. Military garrisons are established in some forts but also cities like Ancyra and Nicaea in order to help maintain order over the new lands. Greeks immigrate to these lands to accompany their families and also to set up new businesses or administration in the territories. Constantine IX is assassinated soon into his reign, and his younger brother John takes the throne as John IX.
      • Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels.
      • Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
  • The Consulate of Dacia: Vladimir II, now 39, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Dacia, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also Terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. The strangely colder weather begins to impact population growth negatively and it slows to almost a crawl. food production stabilizes, and much more growth in the foreseeable future seems unlikely. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Elenora, now a child of 13 continues to grow under her mother’s tutelage. Mircea III, now 12, grows quickly and begins to learn the art of statesmanship and military strategies. He continues playing war-games on a vast scale. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow.
    • Kiev: With a newly instates Consulate the nobility are won over by Dacia. The system gives them much greater power within the nation, and they associate this newfound power with Dacian influence. This allows a quick restoration of stability, and the economy begins to recover.
    • Halych: Consul Yarlslav III improves the economy and military are both improved after last years scare.
    • East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. Many of the Magyar noble families are forced to marry into Romanian houses to retain their lands, otherwise it will be sold off to Romanian immigrants.
    • Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
    • Dacian Iritria: Nutmeg is produced for sale back in Europe. Trade is conducted with Ethiopia, and as our Christian brethren we offer them our protection. Wool and sheep production is also improved, as is mining for precious materials. This allows the economy to grow significantly.
  • Imperium of Heaven: Military and economy are built up.
  • Empire of Lanka: The Empire focuses on westernization, military (and the navy), the economy, and infrastructure. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Lanka making the empire more westernized. Samir III orders that all official affairs to be handled in the more reliable Dutch Guilder. Due to Rajakaas being decommissioned and removed, the Dutch Guilder is starting to be used by all classes and castes. Most of the army is equipped with Dutch/western weapons and many cannons given to them over the years. Most of the army also have Dutch military training, to learn Dutch/western tactics, and the number continues to go up. Population increases, and reaches over 450,000. The navy is ordered to explore more around India, Indonesia and China. King Samir III continues to allow the building of naval bases and trade posts in Lanka. Although the education is not completely funded, Lankan schools begin to teach Dutch as a second language. Because of the Dutch merchants in the area, Dutch Reformist begins to be sampled among a small amount of the population. Wealthier native Lankans begin to wear fancy Dutch clothes. All of this Dutch influence begins to make a small mix of culture between Lankan (Sinhala culture in particular) with Dutch culture. Samir III starts improves relations with Urdustan, Dai Viet, and Ayutthaya. Some small and expensive (non-government funded) private schools are appearing in major cities of the country, that teach western mathematics and sciences. Some upper-class Lankans get education at these facilities. Samir III also mentions his plans to build a new capital city to the west of Sri Jayawardenepura Kotte name Waardige with the help of the Netherlands (OTL Colombo). In the new capital he plans to build a university and grand palace (named Prima). Although neutral with the situation in the Netherlands, Samir III somewhat supports Johann, and starts to discuss with the Johannist government about amendments to the treaty. The navy slightly expands and mainly consists of large (used) Dutch warships. Samir III's heir gets taught in the fields of Mathematics, Astronomy and Government. After six years, the building project of the long road on the west coast of the island is complete. Named Kust Weg (Coast Road in Dutch), it starts in Jaffna goes through where Waardige is planned, and ends on the southern end of the island. The road will be mainly used for military and trade purposes, but it also functions for civil and transportational purposes. IN HUGE NEWS: With the Blueprints for Waardige being complete, construction of the city has begun. The city will contain a canal system, a Dutch district, a trade district, a government district, a district with Sinhala (a small amount of Tamil) citizens, a University, and a grand palace. The building has begun slowly as it is currently solely funded by only Lanka, but the Johann government has agreed to help after the civil war. The project is estimate to take 50 to 75 years (Turn Four of Many). Trade continues to increase with the new trade agreements, but not at full potential due to cautiousness because of the pirates. The pirates adopt the name සෙඅ බන්දිට්ස් (Sea Bandits) in Lanka. The invasion of Nikobara continues in Lanka's favor.
    • Grand Duchy of Kotte: Kotte focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure and westernization. The Kottan army integrates into the Lankan army. King Samir also orders Kotte currency to be decommissioned. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Kotte. Population reaches over 90,000.
    • Grand Duchy of Nava Kotte: Nava Kotte focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure and westernization. Nava Kotte becomes a good trade post, used in trading with Ayutthaya, Dai Viet, and Dutch colonies in Indonesia. The colony assembles a very miniscule local (non-government funded) armed force to defend the island. Although the population is very miniscule, due to the amount of Dutch merchants, a (very) small port is established on the north of the island called "Port Willem" (after the Dutch King), and is where many of the merchants reside. There is a high concentration of Dutch culture, due to migration from the less profitable Lankan mainland.
    • Grand Duchy of Jaffna: Jaffna focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure and westernization. A majority of Jaffnan citizens accept Lankan vassalization, but some are rebellious. King Samir III also declares Jaffnan currency to be slowly decommissioned and replaced by the Dutch Guilder. Although the Jaffnan army was previously destroyed, loyal soldiers are being equipped with Dutch weapons. The size of the army is slowly growing back to where it was previously. The Jaffnan navy and army are integrated with Lanka's, and the Greater Dutch Realm. Population reaches over 175,000.
  • Mansuryian Sultanate: This year marks the 100th anniversary of the Sultanate and it is quite eventful, as Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad dies and and his son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad’s coronation is held and he is the new Sultan, thus ending the rule of the Grand Council. As a result of the 100th anniversay of the Sulanate, the death of Abul Mulahlmin Ibn Nquad, and the coronation of Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad as the new Sultan, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. turn. With Sultan Abull Mulahlmin Ibn With our nation being re-established 100 years ago, there is a grand parade held in the center of Baghdad, celebrating 100 years of Manusurryian Sultanate History, and many reflect on what has happened. It all started with Aashif ibn Nuquad, who re-established the Mansurryian Caliphate after 57 years of its collapse, and made a deal with the Damascan Sultanate to be a Sultanate rather than a Caliphate in return for an eternal alliance. In order to gain control of the Sultanate, he conducted the Great Mansurryian Purge like his grandfather, Caliph Fatih, before him. After the Purge, Sultan Aashif Ibn Nuquad implemented the Mosque Model, which built up the infrastructure and the economy of the Sultanate significantly. Later, the Safavids collapsed, and the Sultanate and the Safavids went into a Union together, were the Great Safavid Purge took place. Unfortunately, however, the Safavids revolted, and the Sultan was killed, thus sending the nation into chaos. Thus the Interim Government under the Grand Council, conducted the Second Great Mansurryian Purge and declared the six year Great Safavid War in order to avenge the Sultan. After the war, the reign of Sultan Amir began, and it was a reign of peace, with the focus of the rebuilding of the Mansurryian Sultanate and Southern Persia under the Mosque Model. After 12 years under the Mosque Model (1568-1580), the Rebuilding Era was over, and Sultan Amir focused on the economy and vassalized Oman over the period of ten years (1580-1590) and Queshm Island was vassalized within five years (1585-1590). From 1590-1595 Milh, Masirah, and Baharain was vassalized. From 1590-1600 the military and the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was being built. In 1600, the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was built up and Sultan Abdul-MuhaiminIbn Nuquad built up the infrastructure and economy from 1600-1632. In 1622-1632, the Interim Government took over and continued the Sultan’s policies of peace, until the Aeyptian War took place (1626-1629) The Sultan’s son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad was the general of the Manssuryian force in Aegypt and the chief Mansurryian diplomat of The Treaty of Alexandria, which lead to the creation of the Red Sea Governate and the Southern Sinai Governate. Now two years later, Asim’s father has died, and Asim is the new Sultan. Because The Aegyptian War and the Treaty of Alexandria brought wealth, land, power, and glory to Manssuryia, and brought the approval and the love of his father, Sultan Asim Asad Ibn Nquad believes that having a strong military is the key to the success of the Sultanate, and thus begins a massive military build up throughout the nation and to all mainland vassals. With our 100th anniversary, we elect Sultan Abuil Mulalmin Ibn Nquad as the new leading Sultan of the UIN). The ten year plan is complete. With the ten year plan complete, we are fully mobilized for war, and the Sultan declares war on Yemen, declaring that Yemen has been a thorn in the Sultanate's side for far too long, and that its destruction will benefit Manssuryia. (Casus belli: Attacking to assert political hegemony over the Middle East) This is now our 130 year anniversary and we have crushed the rebellion, thus we have a double celebration
      • Southern Persia: Infrastructure build up is complete. We now go back to building up military.
      • Oman: Military build up restarts.
      • Queshm Island: Military is built up.
      • Milh: The Governor was installed one year ago during the transnational period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Implementation of the Mosque Model. Mil turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593. Now that it is the year 1600, we open up our port, Milh, access will be proposed, negotiated, accepted, or declined under Mansurryian diplomacy.
      • As a result of the land exchange for Masirah and trading rights, Yemen cedes part of Yemeni Eritrea to us, consisting of OTL Djibouti, and we found the port city of New Baghdad (OTL Djibouti City) as the colony's capital. The colony of New Baghdad also includes Ali Sabielh, as a sort of inland capital to administer New Baghdad's interior, as well as a jump start point for expansion. The Colonial Governor is in charge of New Baghdad, and is met with the traditional Mansurryian welcome of the Mosque Model. (This is especially symbolic since the Mosque Model was introduced to Old Baghdad (Manssuryian Sultanate) 70 years ago. The Mosque Model works like this: Mosques are the centre of the town, and as the centre of each markets and homes are built around the mosques, thus creating towns. As new towns are created roads are created between them, thus fueling the economy. The money used from the economy boom is used to build new mosques, which makes the cycle go all over again. Other results include rise in Sunni Islam and support for the governor. A plan for a road between New Baghdad and Ali Sabieh is being worked out, as well as a plan to connect Addis Ababa, Ali Sabieh and New Baghdad. Wells, along with mosques, are constructed. We expand 50 px inland. We start trading with Romanian Somalia.
      • Southern Suez Governate: With the annexation of Sharm El Sheik and the surrounding area in Southern Suez, we set up Sharm El Sheik as the capital, and we implement the Mosque Model with the intention of it becoming a major port as well.
      • Manssuryian Yemen: We begin extensive infrastructure build up agter the war via the Mosque Model.
  • Empire of Japan: The economy is built up. A Japanese colonialist named Yokohama comes to the court of the Emperor Yoshi II. He is trialled for disloyalty to the emperor and not worshiping Shinto. He dies after a long, painful, tortuous death. The minorities, as well as unhappy colonists and non-Shinto followers, launch a military coup on the capital. He emperor, a follower of the samurai, had lost a fight with another person. This meant to Yoshi II to commit suicide in a ritual, surrounded by many loyalists. However, as he died without an heir, someone had to become the new one. After some more fighting, the opposition wins and transforms Japan into a monarchal empire, with Yokohama's son Yokohama II, as emperor. However, during all of this, Merchant ships travel west to India to collect spices to preserve food for the new empire, where they encounter Punjab traders. The Punjabians, selling opium, purchase the opium, giving it to the emperor. The Japanese Start trading south, to trade more with other nations. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the disorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, know to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan. Yokohama II asks for his son, Yokohama III, to marry a Manchu princess.
    • Ainu (Vassal of Japan): The economy is improved. Trade ships are starting to be built, so the Ainu can trade more with Japan and their companions.
    • Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. A huge project of 50 galleys/frigates plan to be built by 1670, and construction on them starts.
    • Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs.
    • Taiwan (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan.
    • North Vietnam: Economy is improved.
    • South Vietnam: Economy is improved.
  • Tawatinsuyu: Within the Empire proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. A great mourning is spread across the empire as the news is broken that Apaec the Conqueror, has died of a European disease. After a lengthy debate within the empire's elite, the sister of Apaec, Cava, is put on the throne, taking the title "Sapa Inca, Empress of Peru and her peoples." While many elites believe she will continue to take a back seat in government like she did as a princess, they are mistaken. Cava sets to work continuing her brother's reforms. One such reform is to elevate Chiribaya from a vassal to its own empire. She places herself on the throne as the Empress of Chiribaya, forming the Empire of Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at 4,500,000, with the largest city being Cuzco (140k), then Peru (75k), Machu Picchu (60k), Chimu (50k) Sican (30k) and New Burgundy (25k). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confedereation, it consists of Peru and her vassals.
    • Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 600,000.
    • Hanan Peru: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed and preparations are made to join the Peruvian Confederation as the Empire of Peru alongside Collaquimbaya. Population stands at 600,000.
    • Collaquimbaya: Expansion program begins. Population stands at 25,000.
  • Pskovian: Forces re-inforce the borders with Russia and Poland, waiting patiently for their advance, although it has been four years, no real military action has occured, earning the war the nickname of "the phony war" amongst the Pskovian Populace. More of the New military uniforms are handed out to recruits and soldiers. In the Meanwhile, most if not all of the new UK (Union of Konigsberg) constitutions are presented to the Grand Duchess in Pskov, Including a basic charter of rights, and restrictions making the Grand Prince a figurehead in many cases, giving much power to the Parliaments, whatever they decide to call them. Pskov, Lithuania Minor, and Latvia work on Economy, while the Prussians and Narvans work mostly on the Military. Pskovian diplomats tour the world waiting an actual Russian attack. Some Historians are already naming the period of 1610-Present the Era of War, because of the almost ceaseless war, starting with the Livonian war, somewhere in europe. The Phony war has managed to let Pskov somehwat recover from the Conquest of Prussia in the Continuation war, and establish small militias in the states, as to allow the Pskovian military to leave the Prussian states, and fortify the borders in Pskov. The Census is compiled, but not yet released to the public, everyone wonders why, and asume it is some clerical error after some things happen.

1663

In Rome, Pope Julius II dies, and in the subsequent conclave, the Portuguese João Afonso Manrique de Lara is elected Pope, taking the papal name of Gregory XIV.

  • Suri Empire: Prince Amir Terah continues his education, proving to be a bright pupil (Turn Four of 13). Border patrols continue. We continue to expand our economy. The sultan sends a permanent unit to defend (OTL) Fort Landi Kotal. In secret, the Sultan conscripts the top students from Khan Pir Islam to develop a method to make our firearms better. Friendly relations with Urdustan and Lanka continue. We start vassalizing Nepal[that strip East Delhi](Turn One of Six). We also ask Urdustan for enough pixels to create a port on their Eastern border.
    • Marwar (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Military expanded and borders are heavily patrolled. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan.
    • Delhi (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Infrastructure is expanded. Construction (OTL)Fatehpuri Masjid is started (Turn One of Eight). Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan
  • Damascan Sultanate: Sultan Sulimen V takes over at the age of 19. He celebrates his 39th birthday and promotes migration to Damascus (دمشق) as it now numbers 405,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's (أنطاكية) population grows to 245,000. The people continue to rally toward Islam. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 24.9 million. Karaman and Damascus become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed. Relations with Urdustan and Mansuriyya are increased. Light flintlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. Jerusalem (القدس) grows to 270,000. Sultan Sulimen V declares war on the Yemenite SultanateTo celebrate the Demak Sultanate joining the UIN, Sultan Sulimen V marries Princes Maahnoor. They have a son Sultan Sulimen VI. Princess Ablahadahla is married to Sultan Asad Khan Lari, of the Suri Empire. Prince Sulimen VI is now 11. We send camel riders into center Arabia to begin exploring the northern and western edges. The Sultan assures the people that Shi'ite Islam will be tolerated to a certain point, and if rebellions continue, harder consequences will be instilled. We continue the war in Diyabakir and ask the Roman Empire for an NAP. We increase relations with the Suri Empire and Demak Sultanate. We continue to help the Kingdom of Nubia become Islamic, we send more holymen to spread the word of Muhammad and God.
    • Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With becoming a newly fastened vassal once again under the rule of the Damascan Sultanate, the vassal's neighbor, Dibayakir begins to become more friendly with both Karaman and Damascus. Karaman expands infrastructure. Karamania begins merging into Damascan proper.
    • Southern Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Military expands. Borders are re-inforced and patrolled. Azerbaijan after 55-60 years of Damascan influence, the region is somewhat Muslim-Turk with the majority of the previous Orthodox Christians moving to Armenia. Azerbaijan is reaffirmed into the Damascan Sultanate. Troops are sent to reinforce the vassal. Azerbaijan now is 80% Muslim, as more holy men are sent in to spread the true word.
    • Aleppraqht (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade is increased and now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 45,000. Economy expands. Ships are constructed.
    • Dhubab (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The port city in Yemen bought from the Dacians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy expands. With the small 10 px expansion in Africa, Dhubab now strengthens its hold as the jewel of the Sanaamarib Strait. Ships are constructed.
    • Cairo (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Economy and infrastructure expands. Cairo's (القاهرة) population rises to 325,000. As many of the Muslims throughout Aegypt now face fealty under Roman rulership flock to the great Muslim city, in haven to be in an Islamic community. We continue expanding the port city, on the small bit of coast to be connected with Damascan proper. Ships are constructed. Cairo becomes an official vassal.
    • Sanaamarib (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With the new province in Yemen being swarthed, the Sultan Sulimen V begins extensive trade routes with the vassal in Africa. We expand infrastructure. Ports are constructed, and a navy is continued to be built. Ships are constructed.
    • Port Sudan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): We send more Muslim holy men to Port Sudan in order to spread Islam further in Nubia. To pay back to Nubia for their generosity we send militaristic support to Nubia in any future endeavors they wish to proceed in. We give them guns and the advanced technology to build old Dutch modeled ships, as well as advanced flintlock rifles. We expand our military. We allow access for Nubia to use the Philadelphi Canal, until Rome permits them grant, they will have to fly a Damascan flag on their vessels. Ships are constructed.
  • Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
  • Manchu Empire (Personal Union with Japan): With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son-in-law Yokohama III, (Son of the Emperor of Japan) succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of cattle, horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods especially lumber to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers with light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy and importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms and many firearms imported from Hispania were reverse-engineered to create identical copies. [Mil/Infra Turn]
    • Hailar Khaganate: With the defeat of the guerrilla forces in Hailar, Manchu control over the state was set up. The Emperor Qing Fúlín Shùnzhì, appointed Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon as the Governor of the state who in turn introduced a series of reforms which included support of settlement, ordering the people to put a halt to their nomadic lifestyles. Moreover, Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon supported the construction of schools in order to spread western knowledge to the rural areas and to educate the people. Meanwhile, a paramilitary consisting of 500 men was set up to maintain law and order in the state, and a system of spies had been established to eradicate opposition to Manchu rule. The native Mongol people were treated generously, but all those that had fought against the Manchu in the war were sent to work in the fields.[Mil/Eco Turn]
    • Manchu - Imperium Diplomacy: A diplomat is sent to the Imperium of Heaven to inform them of the wish of Emperor Qing Fúlín Shùnzhì, that is to sign a Non - Aggression Pact with the Imperium which will last for 20 years, and to maintain cordial relations. The Manchu inform the Imperium, that the Manchu would be willing to allow the Imperium to utilise Manchu ports for overseas trade or to trade with other Chinese states for the states of Uighur Khaganate, Jin Empire and Ming Empire that neighbour the Imperium are hostile to the Imperium and would disapprove of allowing Imperium merchants to use their land.
  • Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to gain followers in the small towns next to Busan.
  • France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 6500 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 3400 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150k soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125k from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25k from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20k from Jamaica and 30k from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this through the empire. The Annexation of Neu Franken is made official under the Name of Nouvelle Artois and the Zollern Islands Renamed Illes Carolinnes
    • Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE - German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them.
    • Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
    • Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country. Joins the Dutch Rebels of the Johannist rebels and declares war on the Dutch Monarchists.
    • Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
    • Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
    • French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
    • Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. Joins the Dutch Rebels of the Johannist rebels and declares war on the Dutch Monarchists. 
    • Free City of Danzig: The military, economy infrastructure and navy are built up, the establishment of the City as a Vassal of France after the occupation of the city since 1655
  • Ayutthaya: We continue to grow our military and production of the military fort is nearly complete at (Turn Eight of Ten). We seek to improve relations with Japan and Lanka and we increase our trade with Hispania to help bring better relations. Military and navy grows and we make sure that we will have updated weapons for all units. (Rifles and defencive equipment).
    • Japanese Diplomacy: We would like to send you an ambassitor, as well as 4 military ships along with it to guard your emperor. Yokohama I would also like a trade deal, to trade with Ayutthaya.
  • Empire of Japan (Personal Union with Manchuria): The military is built up. A Japanese colonialist named Yokohama comes to the court of the Emperor Yoshi II. He is trialled for disloyalty to the emperor and not worshiping Shinto. He dies after a long, painful, tortuous death. The minorities, as well as unhappy colonists and non-Shinto followers, launch a military coup on the capital. He emperor, a follower of the samurai, had lost a fight with another person. This meant to Yoshi II to commit suicide in a ritual, surrounded by many loyalists. However, as he died without an heir, someone had to become the new one. After some more fighting, the opposition wins and transforms Japan into a monarchal empire, with Yokohama's son Yokohama II, as emperor. However, during all of this, Merchant ships travel west to India to collect spices to preserve food for the new empire, where they encounter Punjab traders. The Punjabians, selling opium, purchase the opium, giving it to the emperor. The Japanese Start trading south, to trade more with other nations. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the disorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, know to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan. Now that Manchuria is owned by Yokohama III, the nation rejoices, now being under a Japanese monarchs rule. Meanwhile, merchants in the Philippines, on their way to the southern islands, steer off course on their way there. His companions and their leader, Hideak Kotohito, freak out, until they land at the OTL location of Biak. The town of OTL Biak is claimed for Japan, already serving as a trading post with the natives.
    • Ainu (Vassal of Japan): The economy is improved. Trade ships are starting to be built, so the Ainu can trade more with Japan and their companions.
    • Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. A huge project of 50 galleys/frigates plan to be built by 1670, and construction on them starts.

The union between Manchuria and Japan is celebrated, as the project on the ships continue.

    • Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs.
    • Taiwan (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan.
    • North Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get two-year compulsory military training and then a five-year military term.
    • South Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get two-year compulsory military training and then a five-year military term.
  • Bohemia: A border control team is on the border to protect our nation. Each trooper checks each person coming into the nation. The military trains our troops harder the same way the Spartans did. Farming and blacksmithing are our most important industries. Some people mine. We continue to fix up the roads and build more outposts. We continue to build new churches and fix up the old ones. We are sad that the Pope died. Our narion voted on leaving the HRE for good, because we can't deal with its problems.
    • Silesia: We build up our military and economy.
    • Moravia: We build up our military and economy.
    • Lusatia: We build up our military and economy.
  • Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand economy and military.
  • Swiss Confederacy: With the decline of the HRE, many begin to support the idea of an independent confederacy from the HRE, and thus begin demanding full independence. We also propose that the Swiss lands become Cantons of the Swiss Confederacy. We begin building several defences in the mountain passes of the Swiss Confederacy, and begin recruiting an army. Several Swiss nobles begin taking up the call for Swiss independence. This results in a declaretion of independence from the HRE, and we demand they withdraw from our proud nation. 
  • Netherlands: Following the final victory over the Anti-johannist forces their is jubalation in Brussels, Antwerp, Namur, Amsterdam, The Hague and other major cities in commemoration of the reunification of the Lowlands. However, scars and damage produced by the war remain visible and much of th North lays ravaged by the fires of war. The once beautiful cities of The Hague and Amsterdam are heavily damaged leading to an increase in the economic importance of the cities of Antwerp, Brussels and the cities of Wallonia. The States-General grants general amnesty to all those woh fought under Hendrik and allows them to return to their homes. All foreign mercs are discharged with full pay, and bonuses for service, The 3000 Magyar who served in the Johannist army are allowed the right to settledown in any part of the Dutch Empire they wish to granting them special privledges such as exemption from taxes. Payment of debts to the Dutch bankers and to Hispania begin as trade and general production begins again allowing a slow but steady flow of revenue to enter the Kingdom.Johann signs the act of common law, recognizing the basic rights and freedoms of the Nobility, Bourgoisie, and common folk of the Lowlands. Under the act of common law The States-General The States-General pass several reforms balancing the Tax system, and commercial reforms. The Hague is restored to its former position as the capital of the Netherlands. However, due to damages Brussels remains the centre of political power in the Kingdom. Standardization and reformation of the Royal army continues as snaphaunce are phased out being replaced by the flintlock, Lined infantry formations are officially adopted as the standard for the Army. naval expansion begins once more. Scientific development continues specially in Brussels. The civil war having left deep scars on the land and on the souls of those who reside in the Netherlands produces a new wave of artistic expression much darker then the pre-war style, and taking on a more realist outlook on life. Wallonia and Flanders enjoy a rise in importance within the Netherlands. The military is placed under the direct control of the Stadtholder and the States-General reflecting the truimph of the will of the nation over the will of the soviergn though the crown remains the dejure commander of the armed forces. The States-General also secure the right to reject an heir to the throne or force the current soviergn to abdicate if they produce a valid reason or feel that the Act of Common Law is being infringed upon.  They also pass the act of Nassau establishing that the crown may not be passed on to a non-reformist, and to someone who is not of the house of Nassau-Orleans. Upon discovering the presence of Hamburg troops on hendrik's side in the civil war, Their is general outrage amongst the members of the States-General and demands for Hamburg to pay compensation. The government authorizes privateers to start targeting Hamburg ships and colonies though not under the dutch flag.. Devaluation ends as profits and funds start trickling in to the kingdom again.
    • Hamburgian Dip: the government of Hamburg is appealed at the accusations thrown at it, and in response assures the Netherlands that no Hamburgian troops were authorized to fight in the civil war.
    • Netherland's East India Company: With the reorganization of power beginning in the homeland reforms are started in the East Indies territories. Administration is overhauled to bring it into a centralized administration while local autonomy of the Company's vassals is reaffirmed. The Company army begins reforms to create three divisions of the so called Native troops, Indian troops, and European troops. Amongst the reforms put forward efforts to assimilate and convert the Malay and Javanese are ceased and respect of local cultures is assured Malacca, Brunei, Dutch India, and Sunda are reclassified as Client States of the Company and a majority of Internal autonomy is returned while the Company assumes control of foreign policy and protection of its client states. Demek efforts to improve relations with the East India Company are welcomed and Batavia offers them a trade agreement, a similar policy with Suri is started as well. The Company requests Urdistani permission to begin recruiting Indian troops again, offering good pay and large pensions and land claims upon completion of service. the sale of black slaves to the Indian subcontinent is expanded greatly. Efforts to monopolize the trade routes of the East Indies is started up again. Trade with Lanka and Suri expand. Lanka is offered the opportunity to revise the treaty of protection. Efforts to exert influence over The Sumatran states renews as efforts to solidify control over trade in the region grow.
    • Dutch Africa: The European-educated black elites in Benin are granted greater autonomy as long as they provide the quota of slaves, ivory, and other tradable goods. efforts to break Austrian dominance in the Cameroon region begin. The Governer requests that the Hague enforce Dutch interests in the region and secure a deal with Austria at all costs. 
    • Guiana: The population of Guiana has steadily grown over the past 100 years reaching a population of 12,000 white settlers and some 7000 black slaves. Economic growth continues and Paramaribo is declared the colony's capital. Plantations continue to grow and demands to open the interior for further exploitation begin. Culturally the colony remains Dutch-Wallon. Relations with the natives continue to deteriorate as incursions into native land continues and enslavement of the native population begins to work in construction. Efforts to isolate and destroy native culture begin. Exploration of the interior continues as expansion along the new Rhine river (otl orinoco river) continue as well as along the Amazon River claiming 500 pixels in total. Expansion of military control into the Interior continues with outposts being constructed to enforce Dutch-Wallon rule over the colony. Dutch Privateers begin operating out of Guiana though under false flags and harrassing of Hamburg ships begin. 
      • Dutch Diplomacy: The Dutch hope to expand their ties with Demak, and offer a trade agreement to them.
  • Czardom of Croatia (Hrvatsko Carstvo): Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Czar. The Czar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. With the economic crisis, the Czar searches for ways to relief his nation. The influx of new resources from is expected to aid. However, the Czar recalls the issue of the war against Austria, before Croatia became a Czardom and makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is opened and the silver is mined. Timurism begins to spread amongst the clergy in Croatia and even the Patriarch of the Brothers of the Raven studies it, noticing potential in it.<joke>We continue vassalizing France (Turn Seven out of 100)</joke>
    • Croatian Knezdom of Dahomey (Kneževina Dahomej): The military is primarily developed. The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
    • Knezdom of White Croatia (Kneževina Bijelohrvatska): The military is primarily developed and the idea of White Croats re-emerges in the region.
    • Knezdom of Carantania (Kneževina Karantanska): The military is primarily developed and the process of Croatization begins, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Knezdom closer to the Czardom. 
  • Nehilaw Sachemate: Now a protectorate of France, the Nehilaw rebuild their nation from the defeat in the war, with French assistance. Naval development speeds up, with the fleet modernizing swiftly. The two sloops are rebuilt to form the nucleus of a fleet on Gichigamee. The military modernizes also, with muskets being more commonly adopted, along with cavalry tactics. Christianity spreads again, with many being both Tuktist and Christian. Following the cession of the remainder of Aksimiki Island to France, the capital is shifted to Nhu Euskadi. Nehilaw merchants hear of the suffering of the Beothuk tribe in Newfoundland, which has suffered heavily from disease and attacks, and several Beothuk seize the opportunity to flee Newfoundland for the Cree lands. Three sloops begin construction, and will be finished in 1664. Immigration speeds up again; French and Basque immigrants are joined by disaffected Livonians and Beothuk and even a few Conteli (having fled the famine via France). The formation of the Nehilaw state church, usually referred to as the Tuktist Church, continues. Tensions rise with the Ashinaabe. The preists latest supply of Tsicha beer is even more intoxicating then the last, and he triples production for next year. War is declared on the Ashinaabe, and 10,000 men invade the nation, supported by heavy siege guns and the two rebuilt sloops, which have no match on Gichigamee.
    • Gojijiwiningag: The military improves. Cree and Ojibwe languages begin to hybridize.War is declared on the Ashinaabe.
    • Chisasibi: The military improves.War is declared on the Ashinaabe.
    • North Ojibwe: The military is improved. The Cree and Ojibwe languages begin to hybridize. A sloop begins construction and will be finished in 1670. War is declared on the Ashinaabe.
    • Piankeshaw: The military is improved. Cree immigrate. War is declared on the Ashinaabe.
    • Nipissing: The newly vassalized state improves its military with modern technology. War is declared on the Ashinaabe.
  • Roman Empire: The conquest of Anatolia is complete, and Emperor Stephen I and Consul Thomas Doukas are hard at work integrating the new territories in the Empire's political and economic system. The Turks who live in the new lands are treated fairly, and the traditional policy of encouraging Turkish emigration first established by Theodore III is reinstated, with several hundred to a thousand Turks leaving the nation peacefully each year. The success in bringing most of Anatolia back into the Empire restores a considerable amount of the Empire's prestige, and the Empire grows as a result. The economy continues to grow through trade, and new mines established in Anatolia help fuel such growth. Military garrisons are established in some forts but also cities like Ancyra and Nicaea in order to help maintain order over the new lands, and the military and navy continue to train and improve to maintain further control.. Greeks immigrate to these lands to accompany their families and also to set up new businesses or administration in the territories. Constantine IX is assassinated soon into his reign, and his younger brother John takes the throne as John IX.
      • Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels.
      • Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
  • Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.6 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. With a black plague resurgence we quarantine much of the areas trying to prevent further major spread. Emperor Alejandro expands the artistic side of the empire seeing it as a massive and boring monolithic empire with no real legacy. He uses the royal treasury (the one of the family) to commission various works of art and attracts various other artists to the Empire especially in Spain in order to bring about an artistic revolution. The Emperor, however, begins to construct a series of reforms and with approval from parliament manages to correct various colonial bureaucracies to prevent disinterest in rule as well as prevent racial and status stratification within the New World Colonies. New Spain, however, is labelled the Crown jewel of the American territories due to its massive population, and its ability to fight natives independently, as well as retake Upper Peru from the French. With the Viceroyalty having been the dominant form of government in New Spain for a long time the various charters now essentially unused and superceded by the Viceroyal government are ended in favor allowing some representative bodies in the colony. 
  • Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well. Italy joins with the Johannist faction to finish the civil war sending 50 of its own ships and nearly 15,000 men
    • Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
    • Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 
    • Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated two million and counting. The nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
    • Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
    • Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
    • Vatican City:Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy. 
    • Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
    • Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. 
    • Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 1000. 
    • Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overwork and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km.
    • Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
    • Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched Indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
    • Zapoteca: The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about 4 million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administrates a good amount of the Zapotecan territories. 
    • Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
    • Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory.
    • Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony proper. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 2.5 million and growing mostly through domestic growth rather than immigrational growth. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile preparing both the Mapuche and the Chilean territories for integration into the Viceroyalty proper within the next few decades.
    • Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
    • Viceroyalty of New Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 200,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 17,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors.
    • Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. The Spanish governor of the Philippines helps the people along the southern islands evacuate in face of the volcano promising housing for those wishing to not go back.
    • Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. Oyo deploys its armed forces as well to go fight the Austrian in Kamerun but only if they attack first. The Spanish fleet blockades from here as well.
    • Chile: The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 3000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 20,000  The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day. The Spanish instigate a large expansionary policy of connecting Chile with New Spain in a big way making a dedicated push across the continent. The silver mines in the area known as Potosi become legend as the most silver production in the Hesperian and Borealian continents are located here. Chile recovers from the earthquake rebuilding the town and repopulating it.
    • East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories. 
    • Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
    • Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
    • Cochin: The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 850,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain. The Royal Governor of Cochin begins to show a large interest in developing the territory and expanding into the Myanmar area, renamed Greater Cochin by the Governor.
    • Shan State: The Shan state is officially put under the authority of Cochin with the governor of Cochin running both under a singular department. Spanish wealth attracts opportunists who are used to set up a more major local economy as well as pushing for a solid armed force of about 2000. The Shan economy begins to be run and integrated with Cochin and the Shan state begins a rather lucrative expansion of some cash crops. The population is around five million people many who have suffered debilitating exploitation for no gain under Tibet. The Shan state, however, does begin to see improvement under the Spanish system.
    • Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that can not set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City of Dawei raises a Sepoy army of about 1000.
    • Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoy troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea company and manages to secure 500 elite Spaniard troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghais operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
    • Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and ships move in to begin the major trade route.
  • Empire of Lanka: The Empire focuses on westernization, military (and the navy), the economy, and infrastructure. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Lanka making the empire more westernized. Samir III orders that all official affairs to be handled in the more reliable Dutch Guilder. Due to Rajakaas being decommissioned and removed, the Dutch Guilder is starting to be used by all classes and castes. Most of the army is equipped with Dutch/western weapons and many cannons given to them over the years. Most of the army also have Dutch military training, to learn Dutch/western tactics, and the number continues to go up. Population increases, and reaches over 450,000. The navy is ordered to explore more around India, Indonesia and China. King Samir III continues to allow the building of naval bases and trade posts in Lanka. Although the education is not completely funded, Lankan schools begin to teach Dutch as a second language. Because of the Dutch merchants in the area, Dutch Reformist begins to be sampled among a small amount of the population. Wealthier native Lankans begin to wear fancy Dutch clothes. All of this Dutch influence begins to make a small mix of culture between Lankan (Sinhala culture in particular) with Dutch culture. Samir III starts improves relations with Urdustan, Dai Viet, and Ayutthaya. Some small and expensive (non-government funded) private schools are appearing in major cities of the country, that teach western mathematics and sciences. Some upper-class Lankans get education at these facilities. Samir III also mentions his plans to build a new capital city to the west of Sri Jayawardenepura Kotte name Waardige with the help of the Netherlands (OTL Colombo). In the new capital he plans to build a university and grand palace (named Prima). Although neutral with the situation in the Netherlands, Samir III somewhat supports Johann, and starts to discuss with the Johannist government about amendments to the treaty. The navy slightly expands and mainly consists of large (used) Dutch warships. Samir III's heir gets taught in the fields of Mathematics, Astronomy and Government. After six years, the building project of the long road on the west coast of the island is complete. Named Kust Weg (Coast Road in Dutch), it starts in Jaffna goes through where Waardige is planned, and ends on the southern end of the island. The road will be mainly used for military and trade purposes, but it also functions for civil and transportational purposes. IN HUGE NEWS: With the Blueprints for Waardige being complete, construction of the city has begun. The city will contain a canal system, a Dutch district, a trade district, a government district, a district with Sinhala (a small amount of Tamil) citizens, a University, and a grand palace. The building has begun slowly as it is currently solely funded by only Lanka, but the Johann government has agreed to help after the civil war. The project is estimate to take 50 to 75 years (Turn Five of Many). Trade continues to increase with the new trade agreements, but not at full potential due to cautiousness because of the pirates. The pirates adopt the name සෙඅ බන්දිට්ස් (Sea Bandits) in Lanka. The invasion of Nikobara continues in Lanka's favor.
    • Grand Duchy of Kotte: Kotte focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure and westernization. The Kottan army integrates into the Lankan army. King Samir also orders Kotte currency to be decommissioned. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Kotte. Population reaches over 90,000.
    • Grand Duchy of Nava Kotte: Nava Kotte focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure and westernization. Nava Kotte becomes a good trade post, used in trading with Ayutthaya, Dai Viet, and Dutch colonies in Indonesia. The colony assembles a very miniscule local (non-government funded) armed force to defend the island. Although the population is very miniscule, due to the amount of Dutch merchants, a (very) small port is established on the north of the island called "Port Willem" (after the Dutch King), and is where many of the merchants reside. There is a high concentration of Dutch culture, due to migration from the less profitable Lankan mainland.
    • Grand Duchy of Jaffna: Jaffna focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure and westernization. A majority of Jaffnan citizens accept Lankan vassalization, but some are rebellious. King Samir III also declares Jaffnan currency to be slowly decommissioned and replaced by the Dutch Guilder. Although the Jaffnan army was previously destroyed, loyal soldiers are being equipped with Dutch weapons. The size of the army is slowly growing back to where it was previously. The Jaffnan navy and army are integrated with Lanka's, and the Greater Dutch Realm. Population reaches over 175,000.
  • County of Oldenburg: The military is expanded, especially the navy. The Admiralty on the Jade Bay decides that it is high time to create a "Borealian Station" with a permanent naval staff based in Jacqueline in Neu Norderney.
    • Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: Economy improves. 
  • The Consulate of Dacia: Vladimir II, now 40, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Dacia, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also Terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. The strangely colder weather begins to impact population growth negatively and it slows to almost a crawl. food production stabilizes, and much more growth in the foreseeable future seems unlikely. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Elenora, now a child of 14 continues to grow under her mother’s tutelage. Mircea III, now 13, grows quickly and begins to learn the art of statesmanship and military strategies. He continues playing war-games on a vast scale, and is quickly becoming an excellent general. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow.
    • Kiev: With a newly instates Consulate the nobility are won over by Dacia. The system gives them much greater power within the nation, and they associate this newfound power with Dacian influence. This allows a quick restoration of stability, and the economy begins to recover.
    • Halych: Consul Yarlslav III improves the economy and military are both improved after last years scare.
    • East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. Many of the Magyar noble families are forced to marry into Romanian houses to retain their lands, otherwise it will be sold off to Romanian immigrants.
    • Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
    • Dacian Iritria: Nutmeg is produced for sale back in Europe. Trade is conducted with Ethiopia, and as our Christian brethren we offer them our protection. Wool and sheep production is also improved, as is mining for precious materials. This allows the economy to grow significantly.
  • The Kiatagmiut Band continues to develop into a modern nationstate. The use of qayaqs continues, as does trade. More to come.
  • Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1663, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. In Munchen,  Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Leopold II, aged 33, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Rome, and Bohemia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In domestic news, King Leopold continues attempting to propagate the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 50% of Bavaro-German secondary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, and uptick of 25% of primary speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 5000 remaining in Saxony, and 5000 in Thuringia. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. The 5000 troops in Bohemia are split and diverted to Osterreich and Brandenburg/Pomerania. 2500 arrive in Osterreich, while 1000 and 1500 arrive in Brandenburg and Pomerania, respectively. The King sends financial and food aid to Austria, and announces that the Bavarian crown will pay for 35% of all infrastructural renovations in Austria, Brandenburg, Pomerania. In royal news, the King now has three children: Anna-Sophia (born 1657), Franz-Dominic (born 1659), Karl (born 1661), Katharina (born 1662), and Margaret (born 1663). Queen Klara gives birth to a daughter in 1663, whom she names Margaret. In economical news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In 1663, Adalbert Völcher and Edmund von Rot-Pferd establish branches of the Landshut Stock Exchange in München and Regensburg, and by their decree in April, the whole company is renamed the Royal Bavarian Stock Company. In political news, King Leopold II creates, by royal proclamation, the Curia Austria. A legislative body is therefore established in Austria, as it was in Bavaria in 1544. After the proclamation was issued in September, the Curia Bavaria votes and passes according legislation during the remainder of the month and into October.
    • Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
    • Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Albert I, age 40, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Albert normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. Albert and Henryka von Puttkamer marry. 
    • City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
    • Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
    • Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
    • Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 35% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. 
    • Curia Austria: In 1663, the Curia Austria is founded, creating a separate legislative body from the Curia Bavaria. Parliamentarians in Landshut formalize and pass the creation of the Austrian parliament on October 9, and set new provisions on how and where the body would operate. Firsty, the Curia Austria will be centered in Vienna, where a Parliamentary Palace will be built, as was the scenario in the creation of the Curia Bavaria. Furthermore, while the Palace is being built in Vienna, a task that could take around a decade, the Curia Austria will be temporarily centered in Forchtenstein Castle, a large fifteenth century palace 35 miles (56 km) from Vienna. In terms of occupation, the Curia Austria will only be composed of land-holders in Austria.
    • Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert I, age 34, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 35% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Margrave Albert marries Brandenburger Merchant's daughter Elisabeta Mittendau in February. A son is born in early November, whom the Margrave names Albert, after himself.
    • Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duke Franz-Ballard, age 23, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Franz-Ballard orders that several repairs commence on the several ports in Pomerania, including heavy repairs on the main ports. This is done to revitalize trade, commerce and transport as soon as possible. Later on, Leopold and Franz-Ballard plan on touring Pomerania in order to make it known that he holds no ill will for any Pomeranian. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 35% of all renovations in Pomerania.
    • Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operates chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München and Regensberg. Adalbert Völcher and Edmund von Rot-Pferd are among the most prominent merchants and leaders in the RBSC.
    • Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, and Nei Regens all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. Another settlement, named Nei Regens, is founded on the northern tip of Wilhemsbaum Insel. 
  • Imperium of Heaven: Military and economy are developed.
  • Pskovian forces keep thier positions on the borders with Russia and Poland, despite the apparent end of hostilities, trust does not run deep, as it seems Russia may stab Pskov in the back at any second, the so-called "Phony War" is becoming a sort of running gag with Pskovian populace, laughing at Moscow's lack of power, and decisiveness. More of the New military uniforms are handed out to recruits and soldiers. Meanwhile, The Prusso-Danzigian united Parliament is named the Reichstag(at least I hope), the Lithuanian Parliament is named the Seimas this year, the Parliament of Latvia is named the "can-into-potato-squad" (just joke, its actually named the Saeima), and all contitutions are edited accordingly. The Estonian parliament stays the same, and the Capital is moved to the coastal city Taalinn, where the Knyaz-Namestnik sits. After a march in Konigsberg, the capital of the URPD, the Hohenzollern heir, His Royal Highness Whatever his name is, becomes quite popular, and the Grand Princess of Pskov contemplates making him the Knyaz-Namestnik of Prusssia. Pskov, Lithuania Minor, and Latvia work on Economy, while the Prussians and Narvans work mostly on the Military. Pskovian diplomats tour the world waiting an actual Russian attack. Some Historians are already naming the period of 1610-Present the Era of War, because of the almost ceaseless war, starting with the Livonian war, somehwere in europe. The Phony war has managed to let Pskov somehwat recover from the Conquest of Prussia in the Continuation war, and establish small militias in the states, as to allow the Pskovian military to leave the Prussian states, and fortify the borders in Pskov. The Census is compiled, but not yet released to the public, everyone wonders why, and asume it is some clerical error after some things happen.
  • Westphalia: This turn is officially dedicated to military expansion. Our forces begin training using experience from recent wars, and ships are built in allied ports. Our colonies continue to be supplied through allied territory, although growth is slow. Revolts across the nation are put down by military force, but overall revolts decrease as the nation returns to normal. Trade increases with the nations of Oldenburg, Hamburg, and the Netherlands. The Imperial Society is relocated to Frankfurt, as are a number of its scientists, who continue Austria’s scientific innovations.
  • |onte: The famine in |onte has come to a halt due to better harvest, a lower population, and food imports. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,160,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon XII takes the head of the Eheresito hu Suida, and maintains relations with both Zimbabwe and !Xoonte. Mon X has noticed that Mon XII's works in Zimbabwe can be well felt, as the higher class uses |on frequently. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 150k strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports, and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France. 

1664

The Small states have grouped into two major confederational states: X and Y, through the persistent threat of the “Foreign Demons” and their traitor puppet Wu. Though the exact form of government is not yet clear, the states have become organised under two co-operative leaders.

A few protests occur in the cities of Trier, and Julich and Cologne asking for the northern states to get further freedoms regarding the German population of the kingdom of Rhineland, The protest are overall peaceful, except for a Death German protester killed by an African citizen after a heated discussion over the french empire, the man is later hanged for the murder.

In Austria, other protesters ask that the Bavarian monarchy respect the indigenous Austro-German culture and that the newly formed Austrian Parliament be constituted by Austrian natives.

In Prussia, the occupation of the country by the Pskovians isn’t well taken, a few protests appear in Königsberg, asking the conquerors to respect the local law system and culture. The protest was peaceful until a few drunk Prussians began fighting over an argument sparking up a fight among the protesters. Pskovian forces had to intervene. The result was five dead Prussian civilians and one dead Pskovian soldier

  • Damascan Sultanate: Sultan Sulimen V takes over at the age of 19. He celebrates his 40th birthday and promotes migration to Damascus (دمشق) as it now numbers 405,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's (أنطاكية) population grows to 245,000. The people continue to rally toward Islam. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 24.9 million. Karaman and Damascus become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed. Relations with Urdustan and Mansuriyya are increased. Light flintlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. Jerusalem (القدس) grows to 270,000. Sultan Sulimen V declares war on the Yemenite SultanateTo celebrate the Demak Sultanate joining the UIN, Sultan Sulimen V marries Princes Maahnoor. They have a son Sultan Sulimen VI. Princess Ablahadahla is married to Sultan Asad Khan Lari, of the Suri Empire. Prince Sulimen VI is now 12. We send camel riders into center Arabia to begin exploring the northern and western edges. The Sultan assures the people that Shi'ite Islam will be tolerated to a certain point, and if rebellions continue, harder consequences will be instilled. We win the war in Diyabakir and ask the Roman Empire for an NAP. We increase relations with the Suri Empire and Demak Sultanate. We continue to help the Kingdom of Nubia become Islamic, we send more holymen to spread the word of Muhammad and God.
    • Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Karaman works on increasing relations with the Damascan proper to merge into the empire once again. Karaman expands infrastructure. Karamania begins merging into Damascan proper.
    • Diyabakir (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The new vassal joins the Damascan Sultanate. They fear the growing power of the Roman Empire, with Damascus now requesting an NAP they feel safer in a sense. Diyabakir expands its infrastructure. With the total victory by Damascan forces, the vassal begins to merge into the Damascan proper.
    • Southern Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Military expands. Borders are re-inforced and patrolled. Azerbaijan after 55-60 years of Damascan influence, the region is somewhat Muslim-Turk with the majority of the previous Orthodox Christians moving to Armenia. Azerbaijan is reaffirmed into the Damascan Sultanate. Troops are sent to reinforce the vassal. Azerbaijan now is 80% Muslim, as more holy men are sent in to spread the true word.
    • Aleppraqht (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade is increased and now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 45,000. Economy expands. Ships are constructed.
    • Dhubab (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The port city in Yemen bought from the Dacians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy expands. With the small 10 px expansion in Africa, Dhubab now strengthens its hold as the jewel of the Sanaamarib Strait. Ships are constructed.
    • Cairo (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Economy and infrastructure expands. Cairo's (القاهرة) population rises to 325,000. As many of the Muslims throughout Aegypt now face fealty under Roman rulership flock to the great Muslim city, in haven to be in an Islamic community. We continue expanding the port city, on the small bit of coast to be connected with Damascan proper. Ships are constructed. Cairo becomes an official vassal.
    • Sanaamarib (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With the new province in Yemen being swarthed, the Sultan Sulimen V begins extensive trade routes with the vassal in Africa. We expand infrastructure. Ports are constructed, and a navy is continued to be built. Ships are constructed.
    • Port Sudan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): We send more Muslim holy men to Port Sudan in order to spread Islam further in Nubia. To pay back to Nubia for their generosity we send militaristic support to Nubia in any future endeavors they wish to proceed in. We give them guns and the advanced technology to build old Dutch modeled ships, as well as advanced flintlock rifles. We expand our military. We allow access for Nubia to use the Philadelphi Canal, until Rome permits them grant, they will have to fly a Damascan flag on their vessels. Ships are constructed.
    • Damascan-Roman Diplomacy: We request an NAP with the Roman Empire.
  • Manchu Empire: (Dynastic Union With Japan): With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son-in-law Horiyōshi Yokohama III succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of cattle, horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods especially lumber to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers with light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy and importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms and many firearms imported from Hispania were reverse-engineered to create identical copies. [Mil/Eco Turn]
    • Hailar Khaganate: With the defeat of the guerrilla forces in Hailar, Manchu control over the state was set up. The Emperor Qing Fúlín Shùnzhì, appointed Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon as the Governor of the state who in turn introduced a series of reforms which included support of settlement, ordering the people to put a halt to their nomadic lifestyles. Moreover, Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon supported the construction of schools in order to spread western knowledge to the rural areas and to educate the people. Meanwhile, a paramilitary consisting of 500 men was set up to maintain law and order in the state, and a system of spies had been established to eradicate opposition to Manchu rule. The native Mongol people were treated generously, but all those that had fought against the Manchu in the war were sent to work in the fields although this did mean that the populace did not take part in cultivation and harvest of crops. To modify the trade route present in the state, Dorgon initiated the start of the road system to link the trade route. [Mil/Eco Turn]
  • Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
  • Suri Empire: Prince Amir Terah continues his education, proving to be a bright pupil (Turn 5 of 13). Border patrols continue. We continue to expand our economy. The sultan sends a permanent unit to defend (OTL) Fort Landi Kotal. In secret, the Sultan conscripts the top students from Khan Pir Islam to develop a method to make our firearms better. Friendly relations with Urdustan and Lanka continue. We start vassalizing Nepal [that strip East Delhi](Turn Two of Six). Missions are sent into Nepal. They help build roads and schools bring education to all Nepalese. We also request a port on the East Coast of Urdustan.
    • Marwar (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Military expanded and borders are heavily patrolled. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan.
    • Delhi (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Infrastructure is expanded. Construction (OTL) Fatehpuri Masjid is started (Turn Two of Eight). Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan
  • Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to gain followers in the small towns next to Busan.
  • Duchy of Hamburg: The economies of Hamburg and its subjects are expanded. Hamburgian troops withdraw from Hesse due to the unrest, but such unrest in Paderborn, Lippe, and Brunswick-Göttingen is near non-existent due to the usurpation of Westphalian nobles of any influence, and the inclusion of representatives from those provinces in the Hanoverian Parliament. Later in the year, Hamburgian diplomats visit Urdustan, looking to purchase the city of Nellore for use in expanding trade in the region.
  • France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 6500 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 3400 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150k soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125k from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25k from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20k from Jamaica and 30k from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this through the empire. The Annexation of Neu Franken is made official under the Name of Nouvelle Artois and the Zollern Islands Renamed Illes Carolinnes
    • Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE - German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them.
    • Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
    • Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country. Joins the Dutch Rebels of the Johannist rebels and declares war on the Dutch Monarchists.
    • Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
    • Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
    • French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
    • Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. Joins the Dutch Rebels of the Johannist rebels and declares war on the Dutch Monarchists. 
    • Free City of Danzig: The military, economy infrastructure and navy are built up, the establishment of the City as a Vassal of France after the occupation of the city since 1655
  • |onte: The famine in |onte has come to a halt due to better harvest, a lower population, and food imports. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,210,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon XII takes the head of the Eheresito hu Suida, and maintains relations with both Zimbabwe and !Xoonte. Mon X has noticed that Mon XII's works in Zimbabwe can be well felt, as the higher class uses |on frequently. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 150k strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports, and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France. 
  • Tawatinsuyu: Within the Empire proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. A great mourning is spread across the empire as the news is broken that Apaec the Conqueror, has died of a European disease. After a lengthy debate within the empire's elite, the sister of Apaec, Cava, is put on the throne, taking the title "Sapa Inca, Empress of Peru and her peoples." While many elites believe she will continue to take a back seat in government like she did as a princess, they are mistaken. Cava sets to work continuing her brother's reforms. One such reform is to elevate Chiribaya from a vassal to its own empire. She places herself on the throne as the Empress of Chiribaya, forming the Empire of Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at 4,800,000, with the largest city being Cuzco (140k), then Peru (75k), Machu Picchu (60k), Chimu (50k) Sican (30k) and New Burgundy (25k). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confedereation, it consists of Peru and her vassals.
    • Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 900,000.
    • Hanan Peru: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed and preparations are made to join the Peruvian Confederation as the Empire of Peru alongside Collaquimbaya. Population stands at 750,000.
    • Collaquimbaya: Expansion program begins. Population stands at 50,000.
  • Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand economy and military.
  • Swiss Confederacy: We begin improving our military, and continue to maintain our independence from the HRE. We request an alliance with France. 
  • Bohemia: A border control team is on the border to protect our nation. Each trooper checks each person coming into the nation. The military trains our troops harder the same way the Spartans did. Farming and blacksmithing are our most important industries. Some people mine. We continue to fix up the roads and build more outposts. We continue to build new churches and fix up the old ones. Our military starts a draft so we can train more troops into the army.
    • Silesia: We build up our military and economy.
    • Moravia: We build up our military and economy.
    • Lusatia: We build up our military and economy.
  • The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. War plans in Borealia are put on indefinite hold as political and economic tensions ease with Scandinavia. Britannic assistance to Croatia in the reforms is permitted. The Empire inacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. Ships are moved toward Siam. The Academia Canterbrigae is formed as a science institution at Cambridge. The Academia extends contact to the Imperial Society to help in the flow of knowledge. Britannia also fully adopts flintlocks with better firepower and reiability. The armories in Oxfordshire and Berkshire begin to produce these weapons in some quantity. The Academia Canterbrigae releases its first peer reviewed journal, the Commentarium 'Academia Canterbrigae. Modernization continues in the major cities.
    • Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
    • Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
    • New Dublin: Continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
    • Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
    • Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
    • New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand. The Borealian colonies all expand inland 1000 sq km
    • Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Most locals now see themselves as loyal British citizens and now fully vote and represent the colonies, Ghana becomes the first Brittannic colony to invoke near self rule, with little regulation from the homeland due to the mutual respect from the others. Any separatist movements are largly ignored.

Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives at Port William on the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises.

    • L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km inland. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area.

Mangut Nivkhgu: A city is constructed on the Eastern Coast of Kamchatka and labelled as "The Great Volcano City". Population expands quickly in the Kamchatkan region as settlers sail in from the Nivkh mainland, taking advantage of the largely unpopulated land. The military expands the shipyard at the Great Juniper City comes fully online.  Negotiations begin with the local Koryak population to give them the full rights of Nivkh citizenry - these are  more successful than attempts to introduce the Koryaks to the joy of pastry, which histroy records as having ended quite badly in this time period. Multiple stellae record a story involving a Nivkh trader being badly burned after a Koryak tribesman rejected his offering of a fresh juniper pastry by throwing it back in his face. Based on modern research, it seems this was a profound misunderstanding on both ends - the burns indicating that the trader had merely not allowed the pastry to cool before presenting it to his Koryak counterpart. The reigning Mang Hangut, T'vkgn the First, sends emissaries abroad seeking pricely marriages for his two daughters, Ot'gn and Gz'dkhn. Both are renowned as great beauties. Ot'gn known as one of the only women to have trained in the famed Imperial Pastry Cloister under the great masters, while Gz'dkhn is immensely studious and a well known as a master of the Chinese board game known as Go. (Jump ball - calling Bukhara, Bajkal, Japan, China, Korea ... pretty much anyone who knows of my existence).


  • Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.6 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. With a black plague resurgence we quarantine much of the areas trying to prevent further major spread. Emperor Alejandro expands the artistic side of the empire seeing it as a massive and boring monolithic empire with no real legacy. He uses the royal treasury (the one of the family) to commission various works of art and attracts various other artists to the Empire especially in Spain in order to bring about an artistic revolution. The Emperor, however, begins to construct a series of reforms and with approval from parliament manages to correct various colonial bureaucracies to prevent disinterest in rule as well as prevent racial and status stratification within the New World Colonies. New Spain, however, is labelled the Crown jewel of the American territories due to its massive population, and its ability to fight natives independently, as well as retake Upper Peru from the French. With the Viceroyalty having been the dominant form of government in New Spain for a long time the various charters now essentially unused and superceded by the Viceroyal government are ended in favor allowing some representative bodies in the colony. 
  • Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well. Italy joins with the Johannist faction to finish the civil war sending 50 of its own ships and nearly 15,000 men
    • Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
    • Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 
    • Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated two million and counting. The nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
    • Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
    • Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
    • Vatican City:Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy. 
    • Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
    • Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. 
    • Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 1000. 
    • Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overwork and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km.
    • Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
    • Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched Indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
    • Zapoteca: The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about 4 million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administrates a good amount of the Zapotecan territories. 
    • Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
    • Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory.
    • Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony proper. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 2.5 million and growing mostly through domestic growth rather than immigrational growth. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile preparing both the Mapuche and the Chilean territories for integration into the Viceroyalty proper within the next few decades.
    • Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
    • Viceroyalty of New Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 200,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 17,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors.
    • Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. The Spanish governor of the Philippines helps the people along the southern islands evacuate in face of the volcano promising housing for those wishing to not go back.
    • Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. Oyo deploys its armed forces as well to go fight the Austrian in Kamerun but only if they attack first. The Spanish fleet blockades from here as well.
    • Chile: The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 3000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 20,000  The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day. The Spanish instigate a large expansionary policy of connecting Chile with New Spain in a big way making a dedicated push across the continent. The silver mines in the area known as Potosi become legend as the most silver production in the Hesperian and Borealian continents are located here. Chile recovers from the earthquake rebuilding the town and repopulating it.
    • East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories. 
    • Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
    • Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
    • Cochin: The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 850,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain. The Royal Governor of Cochin begins to show a large interest in developing the territory and expanding into the Myanmar area, renamed Greater Cochin by the Governor.
    • Shan State: The Shan state is officially put under the authority of Cochin with the governor of Cochin running both under a singular department. Spanish wealth attracts opportunists who are used to set up a more major local economy as well as pushing for a solid armed force of about 2000. The Shan economy begins to be run and integrated with Cochin and the Shan state begins a rather lucrative expansion of some cash crops. The population is around five million people many who have suffered debilitating exploitation for no gain under Tibet. The Shan state, however, does begin to see improvement under the Spanish system.
    • Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that can not set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City of Dawei raises a Sepoy army of about 1000.
    • Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoy troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea company and manages to secure 500 elite Spaniard troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghais operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
    • Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and ships move in to begin the major trade route.
  • Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The construction of the observatory allows for Urdustani examination of the stars, and they begin to use translations of European texts to facilitate their own, independent observations. Trade with Kham continues, as well as financial offerings to stabilize their economy. Due to the current drought, there is a drastic decrease in the crop turnout in India, leading to the potential for a famine. Irrigation is attempted, but as so far, it has little success in the several regions of Middle India that are hardpressed to find major rivers.
      • Swargadeo of Barphanivāsa: (Barpha nivāsa kē rājya, برف مکان کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Trans-Assam continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. In the newly conquered regions of Tibet, there is a beginning of attempts to cultivate the land to farm potatoes and cotton mainly. However, since this is fairly early in the efforts, herding of yaks, goats, cattle, and sheep remain the economic mainstay of the Tibetan region. Efforts to convert the new peoples is minimal, waiting for a stabilization of the economy. In light of this, the Urdustani Tanki is implemented as the new currency of the Tibetan region. Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues.
      • Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): The Rayja of Vijaynagara , still ruled over by the Urdustani Emperor, begins to see some reforms. These reforms include making it easier for Hindus to become part of the noble caste, lowering their taxes and requirements. To compensate for this loss of Islamic power, however, schools increasingly put more emphasis on learning Urdu, an Islamic language in the Arabic script.
      • The Plutocratic State of Jaunpur (جونپور کے بہت سے پردانوں ریاست, Jaunapura kē ka'ī ra'īsōṁ rājya): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them. After having been provided Urdustani financial loans and levies for almost a century, several of the ruling nobility begin to call on the rebellious and belligerent nobility to recind their actions, or risk destabilizing Jaunpur at the point of its restabilization.
      • The Sultanate of Deccan (دکن کے سلطان, Ḍēkkana kī saltanata): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them. After having been provided Urdustani financial loans and levies for almost a century, Ahmed Shah Bahmani III begins to call on the rebellious and belligerent nobility to rescind their actions, or risk destabilizing Jaunpur at the point of its restabilization.
      • The Rayja of Sindh (سندھ کی بادشاہی,Sindha kē rājya): Now vassalized by Urdustan, greater focus begins to be put on its shipping industry and infrastructure to transport items to ports, so as to maximize the amount of income from its farmland in regards to potatoes, indigo and opium. The military begins to be reformed to more Urdustani tactics, but not by an increase of Urdustani nobility, but rather through simple advisors, which means that NOT all of the Sindh soldiers will be up to the caliber of Urdustani soldiers.
    • Czardom of Croatia (Hrvatsko Carstvo): Croatia focuses primarily on its economy. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Czar. The Czar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. With the economic crisis, the Czar searches for ways to relief his nation. The influx of new resources from is expected to aid. However, the Czar recalls the issue of the war against Austria, before Croatia became a Czardom and makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is opened and the silver is mined. Timurism begins to spread amongst the clergy in Croatia and even the Patriarch of the Brothers of the Raven studies it, noticing potential in it.<joke>We continue vassalizing France (Turn Eight out of 100)</joke>
      • Croatian Knezdom of Dahomey (Kneževina Dahomej): The economy is primarily developed. The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
      • Knezdom of White Croatia (Kneževina Bijelohrvatska): The economy is primarily developed and the idea of White Croats re-emerges in the region.
      • Knezdom of Carantania (Kneževina Karantanska): The economy is primarily developed and the process of Croatization begins, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Knezdom closer to the Czardom. 
  • Wu: We continue a notable buildup in military strength and allow for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Our navy is improved from last year. 
  • Nehilaw Sachemate: Now a protectorate of France, the Nehilaw rebuild their nation from the defeat in the war, with French assistance. Naval development speeds up, with the fleet modernizing swiftly. The two sloops are rebuilt to form the nucleus of a fleet on Gichigamee. The military modernizes also, with muskets being more commonly adopted, along with cavalry tactics. Christianity spreads again, with many being both Tuktist and Christian. Following the cession of the remainder of Aksimiki Island to France, the capital is shifted to Nhu Euskadi. Nehilaw merchants hear of the suffering of the Beothuk tribe in Newfoundland, which has suffered heavily from disease and attacks, and several Beothuk seize the opportunity to flee Newfoundland for the Cree lands. Three sloops begin construction, and will be finished in 1664. Immigration speeds up again; French and Basque immigrants are joined by disaffected Livonians and Beothuk and even a few Conteli (having fled the famine via France). The formation of the Nehilaw state church, usually referred to as the Tuktist Church, continues. Tensions rise with the Ashinaabe. The preists latest supply of Tsicha beer is even more intoxicating then the last, and he triples production for next year. The Nehilaw cvalry forces, supplemented by auxiliaries from the vassals, have absolutely shattered the Anashinabe, with the whole nation under occupation.
    • Gojijiwiningag: The military improves. Cree and Ojibwe languages begin to hybridize. War continues.
    • Chisasibi: The military improves.War continues.
    • North Ojibwe: The military is improved. The Cree and Ojibwe languages begin to hybridize. A sloop begins construction and will be finished in 1670. War continues.
    • Piankeshaw: The military is improved. Cree immigrate. War continues.
    • Nipissing: The newly vassalized state improves its military with modern technology. War continues. 
  • Nehilaw Dip: The Nehilaw propose the Treaty of Kiwinaw to end the war. (Mods?)
  • The Consulate of Dacia: Vladimir II, now 41, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Dacia, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also Terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. The strangely colder weather begins to impact population growth negatively and it slows to almost a crawl. food production stabilizes, and much more growth in the foreseeable future seems unlikely. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by flintlocks. Several new firearm companies are founded along the coast and up the Danube. In early February a well respected weaponsmith dreams of a system for breech loading weapons, however, he is unable to build a working model. More disputes occur in the senate. Elenora, now a child of 15 continues to grow under her mother’s tutelage. Mircea III, now 14, grows quickly and begins to learn the art of statesmanship and military strategies. He continues playing war-games on a vast scale, and is quickly becoming an excellent general. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow.
    • Kiev: With a newly instates Consulate the nobility are won over by Dacia. The system gives them much greater power within the nation, and they associate this newfound power with Dacian influence. This allows a quick restoration of stability, and the economy begins to recover.
    • Halych: Consul Yarlslav III improves the economy and military are both improved after last years scare.
    • East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. Many of the Magyar noble families are forced to marry into Romanian houses to retain their lands, otherwise it will be sold off to Romanian immigrants.
    • Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
    • Dacian Iritria: Nutmeg is produced for sale back in Europe. Trade is conducted with Ethiopia, and as our Christian brethren we offer them our protection. Wool and sheep production is also improved, as is mining for precious materials. This allows the economy to grow significantly.
  • Empire of Lanka: The Empire focuses on westernization, military (and the navy), the economy, and infrastructure. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Lanka making the empire more westernized. Samir III orders that all official affairs to be handled in the more reliable Dutch Guilder. Due to Rajakaas being decommissioned and removed, the Dutch Guilder is starting to be used by all classes and castes. Most of the army is equipped with Dutch/western weapons and many cannons given to them over the years. Most of the army also have Dutch military training, to learn Dutch/western tactics, and the number continues to go up. Population increases, and reaches over 450,000. The navy is ordered to explore more around India, Indonesia and China. King Samir III continues to allow the building of naval bases and trade posts in Lanka. Although the education is not completely funded, Lankan schools begin to teach Dutch as a second language. Because of the Dutch merchants in the area, Dutch Reformist begins to be sampled among a small amount of the population. Wealthier native Lankans begin to wear fancy Dutch clothes. All of this Dutch influence begins to make a small mix of culture between Lankan (Sinhala culture in particular) with Dutch culture. Samir III starts improves relations with Urdustan, Dai Viet, and Ayutthaya. Some small and expensive (non-government funded) private schools are appearing in major cities of the country, that teach western mathematics and sciences. Some upper-class Lankans get education at these facilities. Samir III also mentions his plans to build a new capital city to the west of Sri Jayawardenepura Kotte name Waardige with the help of the Netherlands (OTL Colombo). In the new capital he plans to build a university and grand palace (named Prima). Although neutral with the situation in the Netherlands, Samir III somewhat supports Johann, and starts to discuss with the Johannist government about amendments to the treaty. The navy slightly expands and mainly consists of large (used) Dutch warships. Samir III's heir gets taught in the fields of Mathematics, Astronomy and Government. After six years, the building project of the long road on the west coast of the island is complete. Named Kust Weg (Coast Road in Dutch), it starts in Jaffna goes through where Waardige is planned, and ends on the southern end of the island. The road will be mainly used for military and trade purposes, but it also functions for civil and transportational purposes. IN HUGE NEWS: With the Blueprints for Waardige being complete, construction of the city has begun. The city will contain a canal system, a Dutch district, a trade district, a government district, a district with Sinhala (a small amount of Tamil) citizens, a University, and a grand palace. The building has begun slowly as it is currently solely funded by only Lanka, but the Johann government has agreed to help after the civil war. The project is estimate to take 50 to 75 years (Turn Six of Many). Trade continues to increase with the new trade agreements, but not at full potential due to cautiousness because of the pirates. The pirates adopt the name සෙඅ බන්දිට්ස් (Sea Bandits) in Lanka. The invasion of Nikobara continues in Lanka's favor. Samir III agrees about amending the protectorate treaty (we should talk on the chat when we are both available, Nk).
    • Grand Duchy of Kotte: Kotte focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure and westernization. The Kottan army integrates into the Lankan army. King Samir also orders Kotte currency to be decommissioned. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Kotte. Population reaches over 90,000.
    • Grand Duchy of Nava Kotte: Nava Kotte focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure and westernization. Nava Kotte becomes a good trade post, used in trading with Ayutthaya, Dai Viet, and Dutch colonies in Indonesia. The colony assembles a very miniscule local (non-government funded) armed force to defend the island. Although the population is very miniscule, due to the amount of Dutch merchants, a (very) small port is established on the north of the island called "Port Willem" (after the Dutch King), and is where many of the merchants reside. There is a high concentration of Dutch culture, due to migration from the less profitable Lankan mainland.
    • Grand Duchy of Jaffna: Jaffna focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure and westernization. A majority of Jaffnan citizens accept Lankan vassalization, but some are rebellious. King Samir III also declares Jaffnan currency to be slowly decommissioned and replaced by the Dutch Guilder. Although the Jaffnan army was previously destroyed, loyal soldiers are being equipped with Dutch weapons. The size of the army is slowly growing back to where it was previously. The Jaffnan navy and army are integrated with Lanka's, and the Greater Dutch Realm. Population reaches over 175,000.
  • Roman Empire: The conquest of Anatolia is complete, and Emperor Stephen I and Consul Thomas Doukas are hard at work integrating the new territories in the Empire's political and economic system. The Turks who live in the new lands are treated fairly, and the traditional policy of encouraging Turkish emigration first established by Theodore III is reinstated, with several hundred to a thousand Turks leaving the nation peacefully each year. The success in bringing most of Anatolia back into the Empire restores a considerable amount of the Empire's prestige, and the Empire grows as a result. The economy continues to grow through trade, and new mines established in Anatolia help fuel such growth. Military garrisons are established in some forts but also cities like Ancyra and Nicaea in order to help maintain order over the new lands, and the military and navy continue to train and improve to maintain further control.. Greeks immigrate to these lands to accompany their families and also to set up new businesses or administration in the territories. Constantine IX is assassinated soon into his reign, and his younger brother John takes the throne as John IX.
      • Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels.
      • Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
  • County of Oldenburg: Work begins on constructing the new and impressive "Admiralty Buildings" in Jacqueline (capital of Neu Norderney) to house the Comamnder-in-Chief of the Borealian Station and his staff. Seven ships are transferred permanently to the station. Neu Norderney expands 200 km South along the coast.
    • Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The economy is worked on. 
  • Empire of Japan: The military is built up. A Japanese colonialist named Yokohama comes to the court of the Emperor Yoshi II. He is trialled for disloyalty to the emperor and not worshiping Shinto. He dies after a long, painful, tortuous death. The minorities, as well as unhappy colonists and non-Shinto followers, launch a military coup on the capital. He emperor, a follower of the samurai, had lost a fight with another person. This meant to Yoshi II to commit suicide in a ritual, surrounded by many loyalists. However, as he died without an heir, someone had to become the new one. After some more fighting, the opposition wins and transforms Japan into a monarchal empire, with Yokohama's son Yokohama II, as emperor. However, during all of this, Merchant ships travel west to India to collect spices to preserve food for the new empire, where they encounter Punjab traders. The Punjabians, selling opium, purchase the opium, giving it to the emperor. The Japanese Start trading south, to trade more with other nations. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the disorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, know to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan. Now that Manchuria is owned by Yokohama III, the nation rejoices, now being under a Japanese monarchs rule. Meanwhile, merchants in the Philippines, on their way to the southern islands, steer off course on their way there. His companions and their leader, Hideak Kotohito, freak out, until they land at the OTL location of Biak. The town of OTL Biak is claimed for Japan, already serving as a trading post with the natives.
    • Ainu (Vassal of Japan): The economy is improved. Trade ships are starting to be built, so the Ainu can trade more with Japan and their companions.
    • Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. A huge project of 50 galleys/frigates plan to be built by 1670, and construction on them starts.

The union between Manchuria and Japan is celebrated, as the project on the ships continue.

    • Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs.
    • Taiwan (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan.
    • North Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get two-year compulsory military training and then a five-year military term.
    • South Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get two-year compulsory military training and then a five-year military term.
  • Imperium of Heaven: Military and economy are improved.
  • After the Events in Konigsberg, the Pskovians are faced with a dillema. Initally, the rallies in the city are dispersed, for the fear that another riot may happen again. The actions are not taken lightly, however, as an edict is issued that "public drunkeness" outside establishments shall not be tolerated. However, as a show of reconcilliation, the General in Charge of the Occupation decides to give all involved equal funerals, and have the families notiied of the deaths. General Volkov is seen praying in the local Orthodox church for the lives of the Prussians that died, and attending the funerals. When news reaches the Veche in Pskov, it is split on what to do, some favour harsher punishments, and help establishing order, while others favor a conciliatory approach. The Grand Duchess decides to act quickly, independant of the Veche, as she fears that they will take too long, and tensions will only rise. The Hohenzollern heir has long been a guest of the Grand Duchess Elena, and after much contemplation, the Grand Princess of Pskov takes a trip to Konigsberg with the Hohenzollern heir. She practices her German on the way, and when the Grand Princess arrives at the city, the Flag of the Princely Emissary is lowered, and the Grand Ducal Standard is raised, and Her Grand Princely Grace, Elena Kondratieva, gives a heavily accented, but understandible speech in German, promising to respect the local rights and laws, and enshrine in the constitution of the new Republic of Prussia and Danzig the protection of the Rights of the individuals, however, she also states that the practices like the assumption of guilt, instead of the "innocent-until-proven-guilty" used in Pskovian law, will no longer be practiced, and that each citizen will be handed a fair trial, regardless of his social standing, and promising that the Old Nobility and the common folk will have the same rights under the law (somewhat contradictory with the old Nobility having more rights). The ruling caucus is then ordered to quickly draw up 151 electoral districts and hold elections for the Bundestag. In a gesture of good faith, she names the Hohenzollern heir, now her friend, as the Knyaz-Namestnik of Prussia, the executor of Grand Princely Power in the United Republic. Meanwhile, in Pskov, the a month of mourning is proclaimed for the dead soldier that gave his life restoring order in Konigsberg. While initially critical, the New Veche later applauds the elderly Grand Princess' initiative in dealing with the "Konigsberg Crisis". Tensions seem to have decreased somewhat, as Pskovian military presence is slowly being replaced. Knyaz-Namestinks are appointed as a temporary position for the executor of Princely power in the UK nations, except for Eesti, which is recognized officially as the succesor to the Republic of Narva, and the position of Executor of Princely power is combined with the role of peaminister. Eesti adopts a national flag and coat of arms(OTL estonian coat of arms), and so dos Latvia and Lithuania minor, while Prussia is allowed to keep theirs. Pskovian economy does great with the trade with Prussia and whatnot, and the boost of the workforce and food to the internal economy is good. Many UK states begin to adopt the new imported Pskovian methods, perpetuating an agricultural revolution. More military uniforms are handed out, and now almost all soldiers are wearing the new uniforms. The nations of Pskov and Latvia dedicate this turn to economy, while Prussia, Eesti, and Lithuania Minor dedicate this turn to building up defences and refurbishing their navies. The Results of the Pskov Census are in, and are released to the public this year, the results are as follows.
    • The City of Pskov: 414 137
    • City of Nizhegorodsk-Na-Narve: 188 544
    • City of Ostrov: 70 223
    • City of Luki: 40 216
    • Shipyard-Town of Novoprussiysk: 30 331
    • Total Urban Pskov Proper: 713 120
    • Total Rural Pskov Proper: 415 879
    • Population of Pskov Proper: 1 128 999
    • PP Urban% : 63,16%
    • PP Rural% : 36,84%
    • PIC isles population: 4 658
    • PIC Africa Population: 88 002
    • Total PIC population: 92 660
    • Total Populaiton of Pskov: 1 221 659
  • The Kiatagmiut Band and the Togiagmiut Band continue to develop. More to come.
  • Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1664, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. In Munchen,  Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Leopold II, aged 34, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Rome, and Bohemia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In domestic news, King Leopold continues attempting to propagate the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 50% of Bavaro-German secondary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, and uptick of 25% of primary speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 5000 remaining in Saxony, and 5000 in Thuringia. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. The 5000 troops in Bohemia are split and diverted to Osterreich and Brandenburg/Pomerania. 2500 arrive in Osterreich, while 1000 and 1500 arrive in Brandenburg and Pomerania, respectively. The King sends financial and food aid to Austria, and announces that the Bavarian crown will pay for 35% of all infrastructural renovations in Austria, Brandenburg, Pomerania. In royal news, the King now has three children: Anna-Sophia (born 1657), Franz-Dominic (born 1659), Karl (born 1661), Katharina (born 1662), and Margaret (born 1663). In economical news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In 1664, Markus-Paul Ehrbach establishes a RBSC branch in Berlin. In Austrian news, the Curia Austria begins being filled with various Austrian natives and landowners, eager to reobtain the control and destiny of their own country.
    • Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
    • Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Albert I, age 42, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Albert normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. Albert and Henryka von Puttkamer marry. In worrying news, Albert I falls alarmingly ill with measles, and it is not expected he live past the winter. If he dies, the Franken-Sachsen throne will pass to Leopold II, forming a personal union between Bavaria and Franken-Sachsen.
    • City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
    • Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
    • Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
    • Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 50% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. 
    • Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna begins. The temporary headquarters of the Curia Austria are moved to Forchtenstein Castle. However, many in Bavaria support the movement of a temporary seat to Linz or Passau instead, so its closer to Landshut. Leopold remarks that the situation is fine as is, and no reining or domineering is necessary. A number of 156 Austrians arrive at Forchtenstein over the year. Most of the laws they pass in 1664 concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is tentatively popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separte legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet.
    • Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert I, age 36, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Margrave Albert marries Brandenburger Merchant's daughter Elisabeta Mittendau in February. A son is born in early November, whom the Margrave names Albert, after himself.
    • Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duke Franz-Ballard, age 25, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Franz-Ballard orders that several repairs commence on the several ports in Pomerania, including heavy repairs on the main ports. This is done to revitalize trade, commerce and transport as soon as possible. Later on, Leopold and Franz-Ballard plan on touring Pomerania in order to make it known that he holds no ill will for any Pomeranian. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Pomerania.
    • Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operates chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, and Berlin. Adalbert Völcher, Edmund von Rot-Pferd, and Markus-Paul Ehrbach are among the most prominent merchants and leaders in the RBSC.
    • Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, and Nei Regens all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. Another settlement, named Nei Regens, is founded on the northern tip of Wilhemsbaum Insel. 

1665

In León, Hispania, the Jesuit Rodrigo de Toro invents the Universal joint, describing it in a book called Technica curiosa sive mirabilia artis. He mistakenly claims it to be a constant-velocity joint.

  • Manchu Empire: (Dynastic Union With Japan) With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son-in-law Horiyōshi Yokohama III succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of cattle, horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods especially lumber to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers with light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy and importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms and many firearms imported from Hispania were reverse-engineered to create identical copies. [Mil/Eco Turn]
    • Hailar Khaganate: With the defeat of the guerrilla forces in Hailar, Manchu control over the state was set up. The Emperor Qing Fúlín Shùnzhì, appointed Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon as the Governor of the state who in turn introduced a series of reforms which included support of settlement, ordering the people to put a halt to their nomadic lifestyles. Moreover, Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon supported the construction of schools in order to spread western knowledge to the rural areas and to educate the people. Meanwhile, a paramilitary consisting of 500 men was set up to maintain law and order in the state, and a system of spies had been established to eradicate opposition to Manchu rule. The native Mongol people were treated generously, but all those that had fought against the Manchu in the war were sent to work in the fields although this did mean that the populace did not take part in cultivation and harvest of crops. To modify the trade route present in the state, Dorgon initiated the start of the road system to link the trade route. [Mil/Eco Turn]
    • Manchu - Japan Diplomacy: The marriage proposal between Prince Yokohama III of Imperial Japan and Princess Roujia Shùnzhì of the Manchu Empire, is accepted. To commemorate and honour the union that now exists between the Empire of Japan and the Empire of Manchu, a major Shinto temple is to be constructed with statues of the Shinto God Susano'o and Amaterasu by its sides
    • Manchu - Imperium Diplomacy: A diplomat is sent to the Imperium of Heaven to inform them of the wish of Emperor Qing Horiyōshi Yokohama III , that is to sign a Non - Aggression Pact with the Imperium which will last for 20 years, and to maintain cordial relations. The Manchu inform the Imperium, that the Manchu would be willing to allow the Imperium to utilise Manchu ports for overseas trade or to trade with other Chinese states for the states of Uighur Khaganate, Jin Empire and Ming Empire that neighbour the Imperium are hostile to the Imperium and would disapprove of allowing Imperium merchants to use their land.
  • Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
  • Wu China: Military is improved while construction on the coast of the nation are carried into effect. The Nations starts to prepare for war with Min. Trade with Japan and Shanghai has been making us rich, forming a triumvirate in Asia. The Wu Start trading south, to trade more with other nations.
  • Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to gain followers in the small towns next to Busan.
  • Damascan Sultanate: Sultan Sulimen V takes over at the age of 19. He celebrates his 41st birthday and promotes migration to Damascus (دمشق) as it now numbers 405,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The economy is expanded. Antioch's (أنطاكية) population grows to 245,000. The people continue to rally toward Islam. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 24.9 million. Karaman and Damascus become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed. Relations with Urdustan and Mansuriyya are increased. Light flintlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. Jerusalem (القدس) grows to 270,000. Sultan Sulimen V declares war on the Yemenite SultanateTo celebrate the Demak Sultanate joining the UIN, Sultan Sulimen V marries Princes Maahnoor. They have a son Sultan Sulimen VI. Princess Ablahadahla is married to Sultan Asad Khan Lari, of the Suri Empire. Prince Sulimen VI is now 13. We send camel riders into center Arabia to begin exploring the northern and western edges. The Sultan assures the people that Shi'ite Islam will be tolerated to a certain point, and if rebellions continue, harder consequences will be instilled. We win the war in Diyabakir and ask the Roman Empire for an NAP. We increase relations with the Suri Empire and Demak Sultanate. We continue to help the Kingdom of Nubia become Islamic, we send more holymen to spread the word of Muhammad and God.
    • Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Karaman works on increasing relations with the Damascan proper to merge into the empire once again. Karaman expands economy. Karamania begins merging into Damascan proper.
    • Diyabakir (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The new vassal joins the Damascan Sultanate. They fear the growing power of the Roman Empire, with Damascus now requesting an NAP they feel safer in a sense. Diyabakir expands its economy. With the total victory by Damascan forces, the vassal begins to merge into the Damascan proper.
    • Southern Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Economy expands. Borders are re-inforced and patrolled. Azerbaijan after 55-60 years of Damascan influence, the region is somewhat Muslim-Turk with the majority of the previous Orthodox Christians moving to Armenia. Azerbaijan is reaffirmed into the Damascan Sultanate. Troops are sent to reinforce the vassal. Azerbaijan now is 80% Muslim, as more holy men are sent in to spread the true word.
    • Aleppraqht (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade is increased and now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 45,000. Economy expands. Ships are constructed.
    • Dhubab (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The port city in Yemen bought from the Dacians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy expands. With the small 10 px expansion in Africa, Dhubab now strengthens its hold as the jewel of the Sanaamarib Strait. Ships are constructed.
    • Cairo (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Economy and infrastructure expands. Cairo's (القاهرة) population rises to 325,000. As many of the Muslims throughout Aegypt now face fealty under Roman rulership flock to the great Muslim city, in haven to be in an Islamic community. We continue expanding the port city, on the small bit of coast to be connected with Damascan proper. Ships are constructed. Cairo becomes an official vassal.
    • Sanaamarib (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With the new province in Yemen being swarthed, the Sultan Sulimen V begins extensive trade routes with the vassal in Africa. We expand economy. Ports are constructed, and a navy is continued to be built. Ships are constructed.
    • Port Sudan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): We send more Muslim holy men to Port Sudan in order to spread Islam further in Nubia. To pay back to Nubia for their generosity we send militaristic support to Nubia in any future endeavors they wish to proceed in. We give them guns and the advanced technology to build old Dutch modeled ships, as well as advanced flintlock rifles. We expand our economy. We allow access for Nubia to use the Philadelphi Canal, until Rome permits them grant, they will have to fly a Damascan flag on their vessels. Ships are constructed.
    • Damascan-Roman Diplomacy: We request an NAP with the Roman Empire.
  • Czardom of Croatia (Hrvatsko Carstvo): The nation, alongside the Knezdom of White Croatia and the Knezdom of Carantania declares war on the Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth in order to retake the rest of White Croatia. (Posted for BAE lel)
  • Bohemia: A border control team is on the border to protect our nation. Each trooper checks each person coming into the nation. The military trains our troops harder the same way the Spartans did. Farming and blacksmithing are our most important industries. Some people mine. We continue to fix up the roads and build more outposts. We continue to build new churches and fix up the old ones. Our military continues to draft people so we can train more troops into the army. We declare war on Poland and open the west front since Croatia is on the southern front.
    • Silesia: We build up our military and economy.
    • Moravia: We build up our military and economy.
    • Lusatia: We build up our military and economy.
  • Empire of Japan: The military/economy is built up. A Japanese colonialist named Yokohama comes to the court of the Emperor Yoshi II. He is trialled for disloyalty to the emperor and not worshiping Shinto. He dies after a long, painful, tortuous death. The minorities, as well as unhappy colonists and non-Shinto followers, launch a military coup on the capital. The emperor, a follower of the samurai, had lost a fight with another person. This meant to Yoshi II to commit suicide in a ritual, surrounded by many loyalists. However, as he died without an heir, someone had to become the new one. After some more fighting, the opposition wins and transforms Japan into a monarchal empire, with Yokohama's son Yokohama II, as emperor. However, during all of this, Merchant ships travel west to India to collect spices to preserve food for the new empire, where they encounter Punjab traders. The Punjabians, selling opium, purchase the opium, giving it to the emperor. The Japanese Start trading south, to trade more with other nations. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the disorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, know to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan. Now that Manchuria is owned by Yokohama III, the nation rejoices, now being under a Japanese monarchs rule. Meanwhile, merchants in the Philippines, on their way to the southern islands, steer off course on their way there. His companions and their leader, Hideak Kotohito, freak out, until they land at the OTL location of Biak. The town of OTL Biak is claimed for Japan, already serving as a trading post with the natives. The island is settled, creating the first colonial settlement for the Empire of Japan. The emperor is praised upon, with the magical number 2000 being used everywhere, (LOL, 2000th edit).
    • Ainu (Vassal of Japan): The economy is improved. Trade ships are starting to be built, so the Ainu can trade more with Japan and their companions.
    • Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. A huge project of 50 galleys/frigates plan to be built by 1670, and construction on them starts.

The union between Manchuria and Japan is celebrated, as the project on the ships continue.

    • Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs.
    • Taiwan (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan.
    • North Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get two year compulsory military training and then a five year military term.
    • South Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get two year compulsory military training and then a five year military term.
    • Biak (Colony of Japan): The island is settled upon, starting creations on ports and other stuff.
  • France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 6500 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 3400 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150k soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125k from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25k from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20k from Jamaica and 30k from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this through the empire. The Annexation of Neu Franken is made official under the Name of Nouvelle Artois and the Zollern Islands Renamed Illes Carolinnes
    • Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE - German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them.
    • Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
    • Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country. Joins the Dutch Rebels of the Johannist rebels and declares war on the Dutch Monarchists.
    • Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
    • Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
    • French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
    • Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. Joins the Dutch Rebels of the Johannist rebels and declares war on the Dutch Monarchists. 
    • Free City of Danzig: The military, economy infrastructure and navy are built up, the establishment of the City as a Vassal of France after the occupation of the city since 1655
  • Scandinavian Empire: The economy continues to improve. By now, the damages from the civil war have been largely rebuilt. King Kristoffer II holds a year of celebration as Scandinavia overcomes the obstacles presented by the civil war. In the meantime, Danish explorer Hugo Hjalmar explores the coast of OTL Baffin Island. The Danish crown claims an area along the coast, naming the colony Helluland. The capital is established at OTL Iqaluit. The city is named Inutstradt (City of the Inut) after the native Inuit. In the meantime, several ports in Iceland and Denmark are rebuilt due to weathering. In the University of Copenhagen, a Danish scientist by the name of Lukas Holger publishes the Microphagia, first using the word 'cell' in biological terms.
    • Attawanodron: The military expands.
    • Iceland: The economy is improved.
    • Huronsmark: The economy is improved.
    • Karelia: The economy is destroyed.
    • Schleswig: The economy is expanded.
    • Strombek: The economy is expanded. Strombek expands by 5000 sq km.
    • Vinland: The economy is expanded. Vinland expands by 5000 sq km
  • |onte: The famine in |onte has come to a halt due to better harvest, a lower population, and food imports. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,260,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon XII takes the head of the Eheresito hu Suida, and maintains relations with both Zimbabwe and !Xoonte. Mon X has noticed that Mon XII's works in Zimbabwe can be well felt, as the higher class uses |on frequently. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 150k strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports, and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.
  • County of Oldenburg: The "Admiralty Building" in the Neu Norderney capital Jaqueline is completed. The establishment of the Borealian Station proves to have a beneficial economic impact, as much work has to be done on the docks, merchants have better access to markets, and more settlers are encouraged to settle in the colony. Back at home, the banks post solid profits.
    • Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: Infrastructure is worked on. 
  • Kingdom of Georgia: Military is improved. We look to expand our hold on certain nations.
  • Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand economy and military.
  • Mangut Nivkhgu: Nation expands 10,000 sq km up the Kamchatkan coast. The reigning Mang Hangut, T'vkgn the First, sends emissaries abroad seeking pricely marriages for his two daughters, Ot'gn and Gz'dkhn.Both are renowned as great beauties. Ot'gn known as one of the only women to have trained in the famed Imperial Pastry Cloister under the great masters, while Gz'dkhn is immensely studious and a well known as a master of the Chinese board game known as Go. (Jump ball - calling Bukhara, Bajkal, Japan, China, Korea, anyone ... Come on people, this is the 1600s, these girls' poor royal parents are starting to worry they'll never find a match ...)
  • Nehilaw Sachemate: Political reform continues, with the Asinabe being granted seats on the Council of Sachems following their incorporation into the Nehilaw domains. The Council is expanded to 26 seats, twelve of which are held by Ashinabe and Chippawa, the remainder by Cree and Oji-Cree Sachems. Tsicha continues to be popularized throughout the nation, with its inventor becoming greatly enriched. The military improves, with muskets continuing to be adopted and sloops built for the navy. The completion of several ships brings the fleet to around 20 ships. Nehilaw fishermen settle on the far north coast of Borealia, forming a settlement called Igulik. Native Inuit arrive to trade at the settlement, which expands 200 km. The nation itself expands 5000 km north.
    • Chippawa: The military improves, while numerous Crees immigrate.
    • Mackinac: The military improves. Piankeshaw is integrated.
    • Chisasibi: Expands 2500 km.
    • North Ojibwe: The military improves.
    • Nipissing: The military improves.
  • Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.6 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. Hispania begins further investments into New Spain and New Granada especially New Granada in order to promote growth of these colonies and settlement of their respective interiors. A Trade fleet under the Royal Spanish flag discovers Hawaii making first contact with the natives.
  • Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well. Italy joins with the Johannist faction to finish the civil war sending 50 of its own ships and nearly 15,000 men
    • Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
    • Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 
    • Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated two million and counting. The nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
    • Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
    • Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
    • Vatican City:Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy. 
    • Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
    • Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. 
    • Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 1000. 
    • Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overwork and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km.
    • Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
    • Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched Indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
    • Zapoteca: The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about 4 million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administrates a good amount of the Zapotecan territories. 
    • Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
    • Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory.
    • Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony proper. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 2.5 million and growing mostly through domestic growth rather than immigrational growth. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile preparing both the Mapuche and the Chilean territories for integration into the Viceroyalty proper within the next few decades.
    • Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
    • Viceroyalty of New Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 250,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 35,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown most particularly cotton. 
    • Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. 
    • Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. Oyo deploys its armed forces as well to go fight the Austrian in Kamerun but only if they attack first. The Spanish fleet blockades from here as well.
    • Chile: The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 3000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 20,000  The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 350,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day. The Spanish instigate a large expansionary policy of connecting Chile with New Spain in a big way making a dedicated push across the continent. The silver mines in the area known as Potosi become legend as the most silver production in the Hesperian and Borealian continents are located here. Chile recovers from the earthquake rebuilding the town and repopulating it.
    • East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories. 
    • Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
    • Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
    • Cochin: The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 850,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain. The Royal Governor of Cochin begins to show a large interest in developing the territory and expanding into the Myanmar area, renamed Greater Cochin by the Governor.
    • Shan State: The Shan state is officially put under the authority of Cochin with the governor of Cochin running both under a singular department. Spanish wealth attracts opportunists who are used to set up a more major local economy as well as pushing for a solid armed force of about 2000. The Shan economy begins to be run and integrated with Cochin and the Shan state begins a rather lucrative expansion of some cash crops. The population is around five million people many who have suffered debilitating exploitation for no gain under Tibet. The Shan state, however, does begin to see improvement under the Spanish system.
    • Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that can not set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City of Dawei raises a Sepoy army of about 1000.
    • Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoy troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea company and manages to secure 500 elite Spaniard troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghais operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
    • Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and ships move in to begin the major trade route.
  • The Kiatagmiut Band continues to make progress with the domestication efforts, as well as trading more and more frequently. Other Yup'ik peoples are integrated into the Band, amazed by the technological advances. More to come.
  • The Consulate of Dacia: Vladimir II, now 42, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Dacia, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also Terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. The strangely colder weather begins to impact population growth negatively and it slows to almost a crawl. food production stabilizes, and much more growth in the foreseeable future seems unlikely. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by flintlocks. Several new firearm companies are founded along the coast and up the Danube. The weaponsmith, despite repeated attempts can never get the breech he has in mind quite correct. The project, however, begins to take up inordinate amounts of his time; causing a major drop in his company’s production. More disputes occur in the senate. Elenora, now a child of 16 continues to grow under her mother’s tutelage. Mircea III, now 15, grows quickly and begins to learn the art of statesmanship and military strategies. He continues playing war-games on a vast scale, and is quickly becoming an excellent general. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow.
    • Kiev: With a newly instates Consulate the nobility are won over by Dacia. The system gives them much greater power within the nation, and they associate this newfound power with Dacian influence. This allows a quick restoration of stability, and the economy begins to recover.
    • Halych: Consul Yarlslav III improves the economy and military are both improved after last years scare.
    • East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. Many of the Magyar noble families are forced to marry into Romanian houses to retain their lands, otherwise it will be sold off to Romanian immigrants.
    • Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
    • Dacian Iritria: Nutmeg is produced for sale back in Europe. Trade is conducted with Ethiopia, and as our Christian brethren we offer them our protection. Wool and sheep production is also improved, as is mining for precious materials. This allows the economy to grow significantly.
  • Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1665, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. In Munchen,  Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Leopold II, aged 35, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Rome, and Bohemia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In domestic news, King Leopold continues attempting to propagate the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 50% of Bavaro-German secondary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, and uptick of 25% of primary speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 5000 remaining in Saxony, and 5000 in Thuringia. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. The 5000 troops in Bohemia are split and diverted to Osterreich and Brandenburg/Pomerania. 2500 arrive in Osterreich, while 1000 and 1500 arrive in Brandenburg and Pomerania, respectively. The King sends financial and food aid to Austria, and announces that the Bavarian crown will pay for 35% of all infrastructural renovations in Austria, Brandenburg, Pomerania. In royal news, the King now has three children: Anna-Sophia (born 1657), Franz-Dominic (born 1659), Karl (born 1661), Katharina (born 1662), and Margaret (born 1663). In economical news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. Over the course of 1665, King Leopold II and his advisors devise a new coat of arms for Bavaria, seeing as how the old one is outdated. The new coat features the insignias of Landshut, Swabia, Franken-Sachsen, and Austria. In social and political news, the actions of the Bavarian crown in dealing with Austria, Brandenburg, and Pomerania have become widely known and popular. Several scholars at the Isabell University in Munich have labelled the relief efforts as a Restoration. Soon, many people refer to the massive tax cuts, infrastructural reconstructions, and general aid as Restoriation. When dealing with the south, many in Bavaria label the restoration as Austrian Reconstruction. [1]
    • Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
    • Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Leopold I, age 35, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Leopold normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. In sad news, Albert I dies, and is succeeded by Leopold II, who now rules Franken-Sachsen as well as Bavaria.
    • City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
    • Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
    • Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
    • Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 50% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. 
    • Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna begins. The temporary headquarters of the Curia Austria are moved to Forchtenstein Castle. However, many in Bavaria support the movement of a temporary seat to Linz or Passau instead, so its closer to Landshut. Leopold remarks that the situation is fine as is, and no reining in or domineering is necessary. A number of 156 Austrians arrive at Forchtenstein over the year. Most of the laws they pass in 1664 concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is tentatively popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separte legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. In 1665, the Curia Austria vote in a series of laws allowing the mass renovations, as well as constructions, of roads around Austria.
    • Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert I, age 37, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Margrave Albert marries Brandenburger Merchant's daughter Elisabeta Mittendau in February. A son is born in early November, whom the Margrave names Albert, after himself.
    • Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duke Franz-Ballard, age 26, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Franz-Ballard orders that several repairs commence on the several ports in Pomerania, including heavy repairs on the main ports. This is done to revitalize trade, commerce and transport as soon as possible. Later on, Leopold and Franz-Ballard plan on touring Pomerania in order to make it known that he holds no ill will for any Pomeranian. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Pomerania.
    • Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operates chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, and Berlin. Adalbert Völcher, Edmund von Rot-Pferd, and Markus-Paul Ehrbach are among the most prominent merchants and leaders in the RBSC.
    • Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
  • Empire of Lanka: The Empire focuses on westernization, military (and the navy), the economy, and infrastructure. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Lanka making the empire more westernized. Samir III orders that all official affairs to be handled in the more reliable Dutch Guilder. Due to Rajakaas being decommissioned and removed, the Dutch Guilder is starting to be used by all classes and castes. Most of the army is equipped with Dutch/western weapons and many cannons given to them over the years. Most of the army also have Dutch military training, to learn Dutch/western tactics, and the number continues to go up. Population increases, and reaches over 450,000. The navy is ordered to explore more around India, Indonesia and China. King Samir III continues to allow the building of naval bases and trade posts in Lanka. Although the education is not completely funded, Lankan schools begin to teach Dutch as a second language. Because of the Dutch merchants in the area, Dutch Reformist begins to be sampled among a small amount of the population. Wealthier native Lankans begin to wear fancy Dutch clothes. All of this Dutch influence begins to make a small mix of culture between Lankan (Sinhala culture in particular) with Dutch culture. Samir III starts improves relations with Urdustan, Dai Viet, and Ayutthaya. Some small and expensive (non-government funded) private schools are appearing in major cities of the country, that teach western mathematics and sciences. Some upper-class Lankans get education at these facilities. Samir III also mentions his plans to build a new capital city to the west of Sri Jayawardenepura Kotte name Waardige with the help of the Netherlands (OTL Colombo). In the new capital he plans to build a university and grand palace (named Prima). Although neutral with the situation in the Netherlands, Samir III somewhat supports Johann, and starts to discuss with the Johannist government about amendments to the treaty. The navy slightly expands and mainly consists of large (used) Dutch warships. Samir III's heir gets taught in the fields of Mathematics, Astronomy and Government. After six years, the building project of the long road on the west coast of the island is complete. Named Kust Weg (Coast Road in Dutch), it starts in Jaffna goes through where Waardige is planned, and ends on the southern end of the island. The road will be mainly used for military and trade purposes, but it also functions for civil and transportational purposes. IN HUGE NEWS: With the Blueprints for Waardige being complete, construction of the city has begun. The city will contain a canal system, a Dutch district, a trade district, a government district, a district with Sinhala (a small amount of Tamil) citizens, a University, and a grand palace. The building has begun slowly as it is currently solely funded by only Lanka, but the Johann government has agreed to help after the civil war. The project is estimate to take 50 to 75 years (Turn Seven of Many). Trade continues to increase with the new trade agreements, but not at full potential due to cautiousness because of the pirates. The pirates adopt the name සෙඅ බන්දිට්ස් (Sea Bandits) in Lanka. The invasion of Nikobara continues in Lanka's favor, a treaty for the war is being drafted. Samir III agrees about amending the protectorate treaty (we should talk on the chat when we are both available, Nk).
    • Grand Duchy of Kotte: Kotte focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure and westernization. The Kottan army integrates into the Lankan army. King Samir also orders Kotte currency to be decommissioned. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Kotte. Population reaches over 90,000.
    • Grand Duchy of Nava Kotte: Nava Kotte focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure and westernization. Nava Kotte becomes a good trade post, used in trading with Ayutthaya, Dai Viet, and Dutch colonies in Indonesia. The colony assembles a very miniscule local (non-government funded) armed force to defend the island. Although the population is very miniscule, due to the amount of Dutch merchants, a (very) small port is established on the north of the island called "Port Willem" (after the Dutch King), and is where many of the merchants reside. There is a high concentration of Dutch culture, due to migration from the less profitable Lankan mainland.
    • Grand Duchy of Jaffna: Jaffna focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure and westernization. A majority of Jaffnan citizens accept Lankan vassalization, but some are rebellious. King Samir III also declares Jaffnan currency to be slowly decommissioned and replaced by the Dutch Guilder. Although the Jaffnan army was previously destroyed, loyal soldiers are being equipped with Dutch weapons. The size of the army is slowly growing back to where it was previously. The Jaffnan navy and army are integrated with Lanka's, and the Greater Dutch Realm. Population reaches over 175,000.
  • Vorlayacor: In the past few years, the nation has reached two significant milestones; the population has reached over 1.5 million people, and the incorporation of the remaining territory has finally been completed. A large, national celebration is held in Machitonis to commemorate these deeds. Members and priests of Christianity, Ngenism, and the various smaller sects combining Tapuia religions with the two all participate in organizing the occasion. The military runs a recruitment campaign in the newly incorporated zone, and new roads and forts are constructed there. It becomes increasingly popular for average citizens to own their own firearms; approximately ten percent of the population has some sort of musket or rifle.
  • Imperium of Heaven: Military and economy are developed.
  • Ayutthaya: We continue to build up our military and navy and continue to improve our relations with allies. 
  • Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand economy and military.
  • Imperium of Heaven: Military and economy are expanded.

1666

  • Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, Pedro Manrique de Lara, grandson of Queen Urraca II, marries Urraca de Távora, sister of Luís IV, Count of Távora.
  • Manchu Empire: (Dynastic Union With Japan) With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son in law Horiyōshi Yokohama III succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of cattle, horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods especially lumber to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers with light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy and importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms and many firearms imported from Hispania were reverse-engineered to create identical copies. [Mil/Eco Turn]
    • Hailar Khaganate: With the defeat of the guerrilla forces in Hailar, Manchu control over the state was set up. The Emperor Qing Fúlín Shùnzhì, appointed Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon as the Governor of the state who in turn introduced a series of reforms which included support of settlement, ordering the people to put a halt to their nomadic lifestyles. Moreover, Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon supported the construction of schools in order to spread western knowledge to the rural areas and to educate the people. Meanwhile, a paramilitary consisting of 500 men was set up to maintain law and order in the state, and a system of spies had been established to eradicate opposition to Manchu rule. The native Mongol people were treated generously, but all those that had fought against the Manchu in the war were sent to work in the fields although this did mean that the populace did not take part in cultivation and harvest of crops. To modify the trade route present in the state, Dorgon initiated the start of the road system to link the trade route. [Mil/Eco Turn]
    • Manchu - Japan Diplomacy: The marriage proposal between Prince Yokohama III of Imperial Japan and Princess Roujia Shùnzhì of the Manchu Empire, is accepted. To commemorate and honour the union that now exists between the Empire of Japan and the Empire of Manchu, a major Shinto temple is to be constructed with statues of the Shinto God Susano'o and Amaterasu by its sides
  • Empire of Japan: The military/economy is built up. A Japanese colonialist named Yokohama comes to the court of the Emperor Yoshi II. He is trialled for disloyalty to the emperor and not worshiping Shinto. He dies after a long, painful, tortuous death. The minorities, as well as unhappy colonists and non-Shinto followers, launch a military coup on the capital. The emperor, a follower of the samurai, had lost a fight with another person. This meant to Yoshi II to commit suicide in a ritual, surrounded by many loyalists. However, as he died without an heir, someone had to become the new one. After some more fighting, the opposition wins and transforms Japan into a monarchal empire, with Yokohama's son Yokohama II, as emperor. However, during all of this, Merchant ships travel west to India to collect spices to preserve food for the new empire, where they encounter Punjab traders. The Punjabians, selling opium, purchase the opium, giving it to the emperor. The Japanese Start trading south, to trade more with other nations. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the disorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, know to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan. Now that Manchuria is owned by Yokohama III, the nation rejoices, now being under a Japanese monarchs rule. Meanwhile, merchants in the Philippines, on their way to the southern islands, steer off course on their way there. His companions and their leader, Hideak Kotohito, freak out, until they land at the OTL location of Biak. The town of OTL Biak is claimed for Japan, already serving as a trading post with the natives. The island is settled, creating the first colonial settlement for the Empire of Japan. The emperor is praised upon, with the magical number 2000 being used everywhere. [Postin for Sat as he requested]
    • Ainu (Vassal of Japan): The economy is improved. Trade ships are starting to be built, so the Ainu can trade more with Japan and their companions.
    • Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. A huge project of 50 galleys/frigates plan to be built by 1670, and construction on them starts. The union between Manchuria and Japan is celebrated, as the project on the ships continue.
    • Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs.
    • Taiwan (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan.
    • North Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get two year compulsory military training and then a five year military term.
    • South Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get two year compulsory military training and then a five year military term.
    • Biak (Colony of Japan): The island is settled upon, starting creations on ports and other stuff
  • Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to gain followers in the small towns next to Busan.
  • The Consulate of Dacia: Vladimir II, now 43, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Dacia, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also Terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. The strangely colder weather begins to impact population growth negatively and it slows to almost a crawl. food production stabilizes, and much more growth in the foreseeable future seems unlikely. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by flintlocks. Several new firearm companies are founded along the coast and up the Danube. After failing to complete an order for the bodyguard of a prominent nobleman an inquiry into the company is launched. The inventor attempts to conceal his design, but it is discovered by the noble’s men. They take all of the failed attempts and designs to their lord who presents them to the Senate. A call for the development of such advanced weapons is raised. However, despite repeated attempts by even the most skilled smiths a viable solution is not reached. The project earns the nickname among the weaponsmith community of “Stump Maker” as almost a dozen smithing assistants lose hands to exploding breeches. More disputes occur in the senate. Elenora, now a child of 17 continues to grow under her mother’s tutelage. Mircea III, now 16, grows quickly and begins to learn the art of statesmanship and military strategies. He continues playing war-games on a vast scale, and is quickly becoming an excellent general. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow.
    • Kiev: With a newly instates Consulate the nobility are won over by Dacia. The system gives them much greater power within the nation, and they associate this newfound power with Dacian influence. This allows a quick restoration of stability, and the economy begins to recover.
    • Halych: Consul Yarlslav III improves the economy and military are both improved after last years scare.
    • East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. Many of the Magyar noble families are forced to marry into Romanian houses to retain their lands, otherwise it will be sold off to Romanian immigrants.
    • Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
    • Dacian Iritria: Nutmeg is produced for sale back in Europe. Trade is conducted with Ethiopia, and as our Christian brethren we offer them our protection. Wool and sheep production is also improved, as is mining for precious materials. This allows the economy to grow significantly.
  • France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 6500 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 3400 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150k soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125k from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25k from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20k from Jamaica and 30k from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this through the empire. The Annexation of Neu Franken is made official under the Name of Nouvelle Artois and the Zollern Islands Renamed Illes Carolinnes
    • Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE - German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them.

Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.

    • Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country. Joins the Dutch Rebels of the Johannist rebels and declares war on the Dutch Monarchists.
    • Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
    • Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
    • French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
    • Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. Joins the Dutch Rebels of the Johannist rebels and declares war on the Dutch Monarchists.
    • Free City of Danzig: The military, economy infrastructure and navy are built up, the establishment of the City as a Vassal of France after the occupation of the city since 1655
  • |onte: The famine in |onte has come to a halt due to better harvest, a lower population, and food imports. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,310,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon XII takes the head of the Eheresito hu Suida, and maintains relations with both Zimbabwe and !Xoonte. Mon X has noticed that Mon XII's works in Zimbabwe can be well felt, as the higher class uses |on frequently. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200k strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports, and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.
    • Netherlands: Following the final victory over the Anti-johannist forces their is jubalation in Brussels, Antwerp, Namur, Amsterdam, The Hague and other major cities in commemoration of the reunification of the Lowlands. However, scars and damage produced by the war remain visible and much of th North lays ravaged by the fires of war. The once beautiful cities of The Hague and Amsterdam are heavily damaged leading to an increase in the economic importance of the cities of Antwerp, Brussels and the cities of Wallonia. The States-General grants general amnesty to all those woh fought under Hendrik and allows them to return to their homes. All foreign mercs are discharged with full pay, and bonuses for service, The 3000 Magyar who served in the Johannist army are allowed the right to settledown in any part of the Dutch Empire they wish to granting them special privledges such as exemption from taxes. Payment of debts to the Dutch bankers and to Hispania begin as trade and general production begins again allowing a slow but steady flow of revenue to enter the Kingdom.Johann signs the act of common law, recognizing the basic rights and freedoms of the Nobility, Bourgoisie, and common folk of the Lowlands. Under the act of common law The States-General The States-General pass several reforms balancing the Tax system, and commercial reforms. The Hague is restored to its former position as the capital of the Netherlands. However, due to damages Brussels remains the centre of political power in the Kingdom. Standardization and reformation of the Royal army continues as snaphaunce are phased out being replaced by the flintlock, Lined infantry formations are officially adopted as the standard for the Army. naval expansion begins once more. Scientific development continues specially in Brussels. The civil war having left deep scars on the land and on the souls of those who reside in the Netherlands produces a new wave of artistic expression much darker then the pre-war style, and taking on a more realist outlook on life. Wallonia and Flanders enjoy a rise in importance within the Netherlands. The military is placed under the direct control of the Stadtholder and the States-General reflecting the truimph of the will of the nation over the will of the soviergn though the crown remains the dejure commander of the armed forces. The States-General also secure the right to reject an heir to the throne or force the current soviergn to abdicate if they produce a valid reason or feel that the Act of Common Law is being infringed upon. They also pass the act of Nassau establishing that the crown may not be passed on to a non-reformist, and to someone who is not of the house of Nassau-Orleans. Upon discovering the presence of Hamburg troops on hendrik's side in the civil war, Their is general outrage amongst the members of the States-General and demands for Hamburg to pay compensation. The government authorizes privateers to start targeting Hamburg ships and colonies though not under the dutch flag.. Devaluation ends as profits and funds start trickling in to the kingdom again.
      • Hamburgian Dip: the government of Hamburg is appealed at the accusations thrown at it, and in response assures the Netherlands that no Hamburgian troops were authorized to fight in the civil war.
      • Netherland's East India Company: With the reorganization of power beginning in the homeland reforms are started in the East Indies territories. Administration is overhauled to bring it into a centralized administration while local autonomy of the Company's vassals is reaffirmed. The Company army begins reforms to create three divisions of the so called Native troops, Indian troops, and European troops. Amongst the reforms put forward efforts to assimilate and convert the Malay and Javanese are ceased and respect of local cultures is assured Malacca, Brunei, Dutch India, and Sunda are reclassified as Client States of the Company and a majority of Internal autonomy is returned while the Company assumes control of foreign policy and protection of its client states. Demek efforts to improve relations with the East India Company are welcomed and Batavia offers them a trade agreement, a similar policy with Suri is started as well. The Company requests Urdistani permission to begin recruiting Indian troops again, offering good pay and large pensions and land claims upon completion of service. the sale of black slaves to the Indian subcontinent is expanded greatly. Efforts to monopolize the trade routes of the East Indies is started up again. Trade with Lanka and Suri expand. Lanka is offered the opportunity to revise the treaty of protection. Efforts to exert influence over The Sumatran states renews as efforts to solidify control over trade in the region grow.
      • Dutch Africa: The European-educated black elites in Benin are granted greater autonomy as long as they provide the quota of slaves, ivory, and other tradable goods. efforts to break Austrian dominance in the Cameroon region begin. The Governer requests that the Hague enforce Dutch interests in the region and secure a deal with Austria at all costs. 
      • Guiana: The population of Guiana has steadily grown over the past 100 years reaching a population of 12,000 white settlers and some 7000 black slaves. Economic growth continues and Paramaribo is declared the colony's capital. Plantations continue to grow and demands to open the interior for further exploitation begin. Culturally the colony remains Dutch-Wallon. Relations with the natives continue to deteriorate as incursions into native land continues and enslavement of the native population begins to work in construction. Efforts to isolate and destroy native culture begin. Exploration of the interior continues as expansion along the new Rhine river (otl orinoco river) continue as well as along the Amazon River claiming 500 pixels in total. Expansion of military control into the Interior continues with outposts being constructed to enforce Dutch-Wallon rule over the colony. Dutch Privateers begin operating out of Guiana though under false flags and harrassing of Hamburg ships begin. 
    • Bohemia: A border control team is on the border to protect our nation. Each trooper checks each person coming into the nation. The military trains our troops harder the same way the Spartans did. Farming and blacksmithing are our most important industries. Some people mine. We continue to fix up the roads and build more outposts. We continue to build new churches and fix up the old ones. Our military continues to draft people so we can train more troops into the army. Due to a white peace with Poland nobody loses land. We still make Poland an enemy of the state. We change our nations name to Czech. We pay Croatia 10,000 starting now for 20 years to repay for Polish lands that were damaged in the war.
      • Silesia: We build up our military and economy.
      • Moravia: We build up our military and economy.
      • Lusatia: We build up our military and economy.
  • Wu China: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and reforms military. We begin to trade South even more.
  • Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.6 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. Hispania begins further investments into New Spain and New Granada especially New Granada in order to promote growth of these colonies and settlement of their respective interiors. A Trade fleet under the Royal Spanish flag discovers Hawaii making first contact with the natives.
  • Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well. Italy joins with the Johannist faction to finish the civil war sending 50 of its own ships and nearly 15,000 men
      • Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
      • Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 
      • Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated two million and counting. The nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
      • Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
      • Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
      • Vatican City:Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy. 
      • Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
      • Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. 
      • Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 1000. 
      • Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overwork and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km.
      • Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
      • Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched Indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
      • Zapoteca: The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about 4 million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administrates a good amount of the Zapotecan territories. 
      • Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
      • Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory.
      • Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony proper. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 2.5 million and growing mostly through domestic growth rather than immigrational growth. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile preparing both the Mapuche and the Chilean territories for integration into the Viceroyalty proper within the next few decades.
      • Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
      • Viceroyalty of New Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 250,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 35,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown most particularly cotton. 
      • Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. 
      • Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. Oyo deploys its armed forces as well to go fight the Austrian in Kamerun but only if they attack first. The Spanish fleet blockades from here as well.
      • Chile: The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 3000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 20,000. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 350,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day. The Spanish instigate a large expansionary policy of connecting Chile with New Spain in a big way making a dedicated push across the continent. The silver mines in the area known as Potosi become legend as the most silver production in the Hesperian and Borealian continents are located here. Chile recovers from the earthquake rebuilding the town and repopulating it.
      • East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories. 
      • Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
      • Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
      • Cochin: The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 850,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain. The Royal Governor of Cochin begins to show a large interest in developing the territory and expanding into the Myanmar area, renamed Greater Cochin by the Governor.
      • Shan State: The Shan state is officially put under the authority of Cochin with the governor of Cochin running both under a singular department. Spanish wealth attracts opportunists who are used to set up a more major local economy as well as pushing for a solid armed force of about 2000. The Shan economy begins to be run and integrated with Cochin and the Shan state begins a rather lucrative expansion of some cash crops. The population is around five million people many who have suffered debilitating exploitation for no gain under Tibet. The Shan state, however, does begin to see improvement under the Spanish system.
      • Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that can not set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City of Dawei raises a Sepoy army of about 1000.
      • Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoy troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea company and manages to secure 500 elite Spaniard troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghais operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
      • Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and ships move in to begin the major trade route. 
  • Nehilaw Sachemate: Political reform continues, with the Ahsinabe being granted seats on the Council of Sachems following their incorporation into the Nehilaw domains. The Council is expanded to 26 seats, twelve of which are held by Ashinabe and Chippawa, the remainder by Cree and Oji-Cree Sachems. Tsicha continues to be popularized throughout the nation, with its inventor becoming greatly enriched. The military improves, with muskets continuing to be adopted and sloops built for the navy. The completion of several ships brings the fleet to around 20 ships. Nehilaw fishermen settle on the far north coast of Borealia, forming a settlement called Igulik. Native Inuit arrive to trade at the settlement, which expands 200 km. The nation itself expands 5000 km north.
    • Chippawa: The military improves, while numerous Crees immigrate.
    • Mackinac: The military improves. Piankeshaw is integrated.
    • Chisasibi: The military improves.
    • North Ojibwe: The military improves.
    • Nipissing: The military improves.
  • Czardom of Croatia (Hrvatsko Carstvo): Croatia focuses primarily on its economy. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Czar. The Czar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. With the economic crisis, the Czar searches for ways to relief his nation. The influx of new resources from is expected to aid. However, the Czar recalls the issue of the war against Austria, before Croatia became a Czardom and makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is opened and the silver is mined. Timurism begins to spread amongst the clergy in Croatia and even the Patriarch of the Brothers of the Raven studies it, noticing potential in it. War against Poland continues and mobilization maximizes<joke>We continue vassalizing France (Turn Ten out of 100)</joke>
    • Croatian Knezdom of Dahomey (Kneževina Dahomej): The economy is primarily developed. The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
    • Knezdom of White Croatia (Kneževina Bijelohrvatska): The economy is primarily developed and the idea of White Croats re-emerges in the region.
    • Knezdom of Carantania (Kneževina Karantanska): The economy is primarily developed and the process of Croatization begins, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Knezdom closer to the Czardom. 
  • As news of the Croatian and Bohemian wars against Poland reach the ears of the Veche of Pskov, the army decides to act on Poland's utter lack of both military discipline, and distraction with the war fighting and everything, to allow the army to begin the "great march south". Without declaring war, or begining hostilities of any kind, the Pskovian military mobilizes its forces, and along with some conscripts from the rest of the Union of Konigsberg, begin simply marching south, ignoring national borders. with the end goal of capturing Minsk, Lithuania, the rest of Livonia, and maybe Silesia, without a single shot being fired. The march begins, and not much initially happens, as Poland does not react, and Union patiently awaits a demand to pull their forces out of Poland. Nothing comes of it yet, and the forces continue to march towards Minsk. Meanwhile, the Grand Princess Elena is growing old, and it seems as though she will rule for eternity, seeing as she has ruled for nearly 30 years, making her 50 years old (being 22 when she entered office). In any case, the economy and new agriculture methods, as well as gold coming from Zlatobrezhie grow the GDP and the average wage of the worker, while the mint of Pskov begins to control its distribution, storing the majority of it in its vaults in order to keep inflation down and control the supply of gold. In the meantime, the National Mint of Riga is converted into a subsidiary of the Mint of the Pskov treasury, and is allowed to continue minting Reichtadlers, under the control, however, of Pskov, and in diminishing numbers, with the plan on converting fully to Zolotnik-Ruble system by 1700. All soldiers are now afforded the new style uniforms, and this ends certain things. Meanwhile, the Academy of Pskov continues research using various scientific tools. Meanwhile, many begin to think about the "action at a distance" cauysing the earth to rotate around the sun, and the moon around the earth, and so on. However, many end up without hope, until a certain Grigory Mikhailovich Prokhudin begins a line of inquiry using infinitesimal calculus ... Meanwhile, in administrative and Governmental news, upon the recomendation of the Grand Princess of Pskov, Elena Kondratieva, many parliaments are proposed to amend their constitutions so that the length of the Rule of the Sovereign is defined as "at the Elector's leasure". An "eternal Ryad" is and idea that is proposed for the Republic of Pskov, who never really had a formal constitution, but rather separate "Ryads" or "agreements" between the veche adn the sovereign defining the powers of each. They have, however, become fairly consistent, giving most administrative decisions to the Sovereign (with the approval of the Veche), the inhability to pass laws without the Veche or Posadnik's consent, defining the Grand Prince(sse) as the "Perviy Voevoda"(First Voevoda, Commander-in-Chief) of the entire armed forces, etc ... However, the issue of officially standardizing, and incorporating into it the Charter of Rights of the Citizen is taken as a good idea, and debate begins as to how to best implement it and whatnot, again defining the rule of the sovereign as "at the elector's leisure". After a suggestion by
    • The Federal Republic of Eesti: Improves its Military, and the Riigikogu approves limited participation in the "March south", leaving the decision to participate to the constituent republics of Taalinn and Narva. Term length of the Consul defined officially in the constituiton of the Federal republic as "At the Elector's liesure". The Turn is dedicated to Military. The Republic of Narva Decides to participate fully in the March south, while The Republic of Taalinn decides to take a pass on the March.
    • Latvia holds its first unfied elections this year, and as the results are becoming know, the majority of the 100 members of the Seimas of Latvia do not asociate with a leader, and are therefore considered independent. However, six members from Riga follow a man named Algyrdas Glavekas, the Glavekans, and the Grand Princess Elena decides to name him the President of the Seimas. Her close friend, Ivan Galitzin, as the Knyaz-Namestnik of Latvia. The first matter of business of the Seimas is amending the constitution to include the term length of the Head of state to be "at the Elector's liesure". However, after doing this, they unanimously pass a motion demanding to know who the "electors" are, and send the letter to the Grand Princess of Pskov. Some limited participation in the "Great March" is approved, and Lithuania is the first to suggest that the common unarmed people participate as well. about 10,000 civilians accompanied by 500 soldiers march towards the east. Much effort is put into modernizing the economy, and the announcement that the mint of Riga will continue operation as a subsidiary of the Pskov Mint slightly props up the economy, as many are happy that they will not have to change all their money at unfair rates. The economy grows slightly because of this, and because Pskovian farming methods begin to be imported, beginning an agricultural revolution.
    • Elena's Close firend, Gerald Heizenberg is named the Knyaz-Namestnik of Lithuania Minor, The Lithuanian state council, to rule until the Saemas can be constructed and elected, approves of Lithuanian participation in the "Great March" and with some levies and recruits, lead by the Pskovian military, march east towards Vilnus, in order to create the "Republic of All Latvia". The turn is dedicated to military.
    • In the United Republic of Prussia and Danzig, the first Bundestag elections go off without a hitch. Albert von Braun's faction wins all seats in the Konigsberg area, and is unofficially named the "Konigsberg faction". He is appointed as the Chancellor of the Bundestag by His Royal Highness Frederik Hohenzollern, the Knyaz-Namestnik. Prussia works on its economy, importing Pskovian farming and agricultural methods, beginning an agrucultural revolution, and the new Pskovian banks and the de facto free trade with the free city of Danzig and its ties to France boost the Prussian economy. 
    • The Pskov Imperial Company (PIC) continues to gather funds to try to purchase a city in China, and works on building its own inter-Asian trade network, An expedition is sent ot Japan in ordet to try to get a trade agreement, and begin trade at fair prices. Meanwhile, some Chinese states are approached as well. Through the Embassy, hte Pskov Imperial Company begins to ask for trade rights for opium from places. More people are brought to the colonies to cultivate sugar, spices, and make rum. Some move there of their own free will, wanting a newer life, some are sent there as a punishment. 
    • The PIC possession of Zlatobrezhie continues its gold production. The New Governor approves of a program in which the old African Nobility will come get a European Education, and then be allowed to take up higher administrative posts, much akin to the ones they had almost 40 years ago, instad of being limited. The Russian language begins to spread amongst the common folk too, and the economy slightly improves, as stuff grows and trade with Pskovian merchants. Some new Farming methods are adopted, and agriculture becomes more efficient. Anyone wealthy enough is offered a place at the Pskov university and Pskov academies, but talk emerges to instead of sending people to Pskov, to send the schools and build schools in Zlatobrezhie. it is an intriguing idea that the Governor decides to take up with the Grand Princess next time he sees her. More missionaries are sent to convert the populace to orthodoxy, but are ordered not to be aggressive, as not to incite disorder.
  • Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand economy and military.
  • Scandinavian Empire: The military improves as several frigates are completed this year. The Scandinavian military is updated with new guns. The Crown considers adding new uniforms to Scandinavian soldiers. Microphagia, the journal by Lukas Holger, is spread around the Baltic and Europe. Lund University in Sweden is founded this year. Two theatres, Lejonkulan and Bollhuset, are being constructed in Scandinavia. They are to be Scandinavia's grandest theatres thus far. In colonial news, the Swedish government passes the Migration Act. The Migration Act formally establishes Scandinavian colonies and holdings to be the law of the land they control. Any natives in the area are bound by Scandinavian law. Wars are to be put on hold as they are no longer recongnized as valid conflicts. Natives found guilty of warfare will be tried for murder. However, it also encourages Scandinavians to settle with natives and reproduce, increasing the colonial population. The population of the colonies, already high due to refugees from the civil war two decades ago, continues to grow. In order to better reflect the Scandinavian culture of their colony, Attawanodron is renamed to Sjösmark (Lake Land).
    • Helluland: The militia is established.
    • Iceland: The economy is improved.
    • Huronsmark: The military is improved.
    • Karelia: The military expands.
    • New Gotland: The military expands.
    • Schleswig: The military is expanded.
    • Sjösmark: The militia is expanded this year as new rifles make it to Sjösmark. 
    • Strombek: The military is expanded. Strombek expands by 5000 sq km.
    • Vinland: The military is expanded. Vinland expands by 5000 sq km
  • Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1666, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Leopold II, aged 36, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Rome, and Bohemia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In domestic news, King Leopold continues attempting to propagate the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 50% of Bavaro-German secondary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, and uptick of 25% of primary speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 5000 remaining in Saxony, and 5000 in Thuringia. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. The 5000 troops in Bohemia are split and diverted to Osterreich and Brandenburg/Pomerania. 2500 arrive in Osterreich, while 1000 and 1500 arrive in Brandenburg and Pomerania, respectively. The King sends financial and food aid to Austria, and announces that the Bavarian crown will pay for 35% of all infrastructural renovations in Austria, Brandenburg, Pomerania. In royal news, the King now has three children: Anna-Sophia (born 1657), Franz-Dominic (born 1659), Karl (born 1661), Katharina (born 1662), and Margaret (born 1663). In economical news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In social and political news, the actions of the Bavarian crown in dealing with Austria, Brandenburg, and Pomerania have become widely known and popular. Several scholars at the Isabell University in Munich have labelled the relief efforts as a Restoration. Soon, many people refer to the massive tax cuts, infrastructural reconstructions, and general aid as Restoriation. When dealing with the south, many in Bavaria label the restoration as Austrian Reconstruction.
    • Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
    • Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Leopold I, age 36, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Leopold normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
    • City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
    • Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
    • Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
    • Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 50% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. 
    • Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna begins. The temporary headquarters of the Curia Austria are moved to Forchtenstein Castle. However, many in Bavaria support the movement of a temporary seat to Linz or Passau instead, so its closer to Landshut. Leopold remarks that the situation is fine as is, and no reining in or domineering is necessary. A number of 156 Austrians arrive at Forchtenstein over the year. Most of the laws they pass in 1664 concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is tentatively popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separte legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. In 1665, the Curia Austria vote in a series of laws allowing the mass renovations, as well as constructions, of roads around Austria.
    • Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert I, age 37, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Margrave Albert marries Brandenburger Merchant's daughter Elisabeta Mittendau in February. A son is born in early November, whom the Margrave names Albert, after himself.
    • Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duke Franz-Ballard, age 26, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Franz-Ballard orders that several repairs commence on the several ports in Pomerania, including heavy repairs on the main ports. This is done to revitalize trade, commerce and transport as soon as possible. Later on, Leopold and Franz-Ballard plan on touring Pomerania in order to make it known that he holds no ill will for any Pomeranian. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Pomerania.
    • Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operates chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, and Berlin. Adalbert Völcher, Edmund von Rot-Pferd, and Markus-Paul Ehrbach are among the most prominent merchants and leaders in the RBSC.
    • Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
  • County of Oldenburg: The "Admiralty Building" in the Neu Norderney capital Jaqueline is completed. The establishment of the Borealian Station proves to have a beneficial economic impact, as much work has to be done on the docks, merchants have better access to markets, and more settlers are encouraged to settle in the colony. Back at home, the banks post solid profits.
    • Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: Infrastructure is worked on. 
  • Empire of Lanka: The Empire focuses on westernization, military (and the navy), the economy, and infrastructure. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Lanka making the empire more westernized. Samir III orders that all official affairs to be handled in the more reliable Dutch Guilder. Due to Rajakaas being decommissioned and removed, the Dutch Guilder is starting to be used by all classes and castes. Most of the army is equipped with Dutch/western weapons and many cannons given to them over the years. Most of the army also have Dutch military training, to learn Dutch/western tactics, and the number continues to go up. Population increases, and reaches over 450,000. The navy is ordered to explore more around India, Indonesia and China. King Samir III continues to allow the building of naval bases and trade posts in Lanka. Although the education is not completely funded, Lankan schools begin to teach Dutch as a second language. Because of the Dutch merchants in the area, Dutch Reformist begins to be sampled among a small amount of the population. Wealthier native Lankans begin to wear fancy Dutch clothes. All of this Dutch influence begins to make a small mix of culture between Lankan (Sinhala culture in particular) with Dutch culture. Samir III starts improves relations with Urdustan, Dai Viet, and Ayutthaya. Some small and expensive (non-government funded) private schools are appearing in major cities of the country, that teach western mathematics and sciences. Some upper-class Lankans get education at these facilities. Samir III also mentions his plans to build a new capital city to the west of Sri Jayawardenepura Kotte name Waardige with the help of the Netherlands (OTL Colombo). In the new capital he plans to build a university and grand palace (named Prima). Although neutral with the situation in the Netherlands, Samir III somewhat supports Johann, and starts to discuss with the Johannist government about amendments to the treaty. The navy slightly expands and mainly consists of large (used) Dutch warships. Samir III's heir gets taught in the fields of Mathematics, Astronomy and Government. After six years, the building project of the long road on the west coast of the island is complete. Named Kust Weg (Coast Road in Dutch), it starts in Jaffna goes through where Waardige is planned, and ends on the southern end of the island. The road will be mainly used for military and trade purposes, but it also functions for civil and transportational purposes. IN HUGE NEWS: With the Blueprints for Waardige being complete, construction of the city has begun. The city will contain a canal system, a Dutch district, a trade district, a government district, a district with Sinhala (a small amount of Tamil) citizens, a University, and a grand palace. The building has begun slowly as it is currently solely funded by only Lanka, but the Johann government has agreed to help after the civil war. The project is estimate to take 50 to 75 years (Turn Eight of Many). Trade continues to increase with the new trade agreements, but not at full potential due to cautiousness because of the pirates. The pirates adopt the name සෙඅ බන්දිට්ස් (Sea Bandits) in Lanka. Samir III agrees about amending the protectorate treaty (we should talk on the chat when we are both available, Nk). The Nikobaran government collapses, and a treaty is signed. The island is integrated into the Grand Duchy of Nava Kotte.
  • You are .30% shy of being able to do this. You may possibly do this next turn.
    • Grand Duchy of Kotte: Kotte focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure and westernization. The Kottan army integrates into the Lankan army. King Samir also orders Kotte currency to be decommissioned. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Kotte. Population reaches over 90,000.
    • Grand Duchy of Nava Kotte: Nava Kotte focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure and westernization. Nava Kotte becomes a good trade post, used in trading with Ayutthaya, Dai Viet, and Dutch colonies in Indonesia. The colony assembles a very miniscule local (non-government funded) armed force to defend the island. Although the population is very miniscule, due to the amount of Dutch merchants, a (very) small port is established on the north of the island called "Port Willem" (after the Dutch King), and is where many of the merchants reside. There is a high concentration of Dutch culture, due to migration from the less profitable Lankan mainland. Nava Kotte expands due to the annexation of Nikobar. There is no official policy as of yet for the citizens although most of them have fled the island.
    • Grand Duchy of Jaffna: Jaffna focuses mainly increases its economy, infrastructure and westernization. A majority of Jaffnan citizens accept Lankan vassalization, but some are rebellious. King Samir III also declares Jaffnan currency to be slowly decommissioned and replaced by the Dutch Guilder. Although the Jaffnan army was previously destroyed, loyal soldiers are being equipped with Dutch weapons. The size of the army is slowly growing back to where it was previously. The Jaffnan navy and army are integrated with Lanka's, and the Greater Dutch Realm. Population reaches over 175,000.

1667

Britannia-Famous local clocksmith family, the MacBrughs invents the Cuckoo Clock in the Northern Highlands, Scotland.

A large revolt breaks out in Spanish Burma. A prominent and charismatic Burmese noble rallies considerable support amongst the various ethnicities of the country and builds an army. After building and training his forces, the noble launches an attack on Spanish defenses in the area, attempting to drive the Spanish from the country and capturing Spanish weapons, supplies, and ships in the process. (Score undoubled: Military: 10, Economy: 8, Infrastructure: 8)

  • Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg and its subjects expand their militaries.
  • Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, Queen Urraca II dies, and her eldest son Garcia is crowned King of Portugal and Algarves as Garcia II.

Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.6 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. Hispania begins further investments into New Spain and New Granada especially New Granada in order to promote growth of these colonies and settlement of their respective interiors. The Colonial administration authority begins deciding whether to colonize the islands of Hawaii or not. with a vote to go before parliament. This vote is successful and the first colonization of Hawaii begins (5px) Hispania declares an unlawful raising of armed forces in Burma and deploys its local fleet and nearly 1000 marines to combat the threat.

  • Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well. Italy joins with the Johannist faction to finish the civil war sending 50 of its own ships and nearly 15,000 men
    • Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
    • Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 
    • Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated two million and counting. The nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
    • Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
    • Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
    • Vatican City:Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy. 
    • Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
    • Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. 
    • Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 1000. 
    • Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overwork and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km.
    • Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
    • Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched Indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
    • Zapoteca: The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about four million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administrates a good amount of the Zapotecan territories. 
    • Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
    • Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory.
    • Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony proper. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 2.5 million and growing mostly through domestic growth rather than immigrational growth. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile preparing both the Mapuche and the Chilean territories for integration into the Viceroyalty proper within the next few decades.
    • Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
    • Viceroyalty of New Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 250,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 35,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown most particularly cotton. 
    • Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia.  2500 troops from the Philippines (most of them spanish) are deployed to Burma to crush the revolt.
    • Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. 
    • Chile: The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 3000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 20,000  The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 350,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day. The Spanish instigate a large expansionary policy of connecting Chile with New Spain in a big way making a dedicated push across the continent. The silver mines in the area known as Potosi become legend as the most silver production in the Hesperian and Borealian continents are located here. Chile recovers from the earthquake rebuilding the town and repopulating it.
    • East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories. 
    • Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company. 2000 troops from Khambhat are deployed to help in Burma
    • Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory. 5000 of the Spanish troops in madras are relocated to fight in Cochin.
    • Cochin: The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 850,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain. The Royal Governor of Cochin begins to show a large interest in developing the territory and expanding into the Myanmar area, renamed Greater Cochin by the Governor. The Royal governor of Cochin deploys all 1000 of its forces in defense
    • Shan State: The Shan state is officially put under the authority of Cochin with the governor of Cochin running both under a singular department. Spanish wealth attracts opportunists who are used to set up a more major local economy as well as pushing for a solid armed force of about 2000. The Shan economy begins to be run and integrated with Cochin and the Shan state begins a rather lucrative expansion of some cash crops. The population is around five million people many who have suffered debilitating exploitation for no gain under Tibet. The Shan state, however, does begin to see improvement under the Spanish system. The Shan state manages to pull together all 2000 of its troops against the burmese noble
    • Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that can not set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City of Dawei raises a Sepoy army of about 1000. Dawei deploys its entire elite Sepoya force of 1000 drafting more to hold the city.
    • Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoy troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea company and manages to secure 500 elite Spaniard troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghais operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
    • Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and ships move in to begin the major trade route.
  • |onte: The famine in |onte has come to a halt due to better harvest, a lower population, and food imports. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,360,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon XII takes the head of the Eheresito hu Suida, and maintains relations with both Zimbabwe and !Xoonte. Mon X has noticed that Mon XII's works in Zimbabwe can be well felt, as the higher class uses |on frequently. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200k strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports, and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.
  • Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to gain followers in the small towns next to Busan.
  • Imperium of Heaven: Military and economy are built up.
  • France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 6500 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 3400 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150k soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125k from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25k from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20k from Jamaica and 30k from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this through the empire. The Annexation of Neu Franken is made official under the Name of Nouvelle Artois and the Zollern Islands Renamed Illes Carolinnes
    • Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them.
    • Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
    • Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country.
    • Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
    • Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
    • French Mali: A new governor named Alphonse Equle is put in the position of running the small colony. The colony's administrative capital of Banjul begins to be reworked starting in the center and along the coast in order to get more orderly sewage and road systems built. In-land and on the islands sugar and cotton plantations are built, and are mostly staffed by local slaves that are curated by White Frenchmen. Several missions also spring up in the cities and on the islands, which begin to make some progress in converting the heathen Muslims.
    • Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up.
    • Free City of Danzig: The military, economy infrastructure and navy are built up, the establishment of the City as a Vassal of France after the occupation of the city since 1655
  • Wu China: Military is built up along with minor reforms passed.
  • Czech: A border control team is on the border to protect our nation. Each trooper checks each person coming into the nation. The military trains our troops harder the same way the Spartans did. Farming and blacksmithing are our most important industries. Some people mine. We continue to fix up the roads and build more outposts. We continue to build new churches and fix up the old ones. Our military continues to draft people so we can train more troops into the army. Due to a white peace with Poland nobody loses land. We still make Poland an enemy of the state. We continue to pay Croatia 10,000 continuing from now for 20 years to repay for Polish lands that were damaged in the war.
    • Silesia: We build up our military and economy.
    • Moravia: We build up our military and economy.
    • Lusatia: We build up our military and economy. 
  • Nehilaw Sachemate: Political reform continues, with the Ahsinabe being granted seats on the Council of Sachems following their incorporation into the Nehilaw domains. The Council is expanded to 26 seats, twelve of which are held by Ashinabe and Chippawa, the remainder by Cree and Oji-Cree Sachems. Tsicha continues to be popularized throughout the nation, with its inventor becoming greatly enriched. The military improves, with muskets continuing to be adopted and sloops built for the navy. The completion of several ships brings the fleet to around 20 ships. Nehilaw fishermen settle on the far north coast of Borealia, forming a settlement called Igulik. Native Inuit arrive to trade at the settlement, which expands 200 km. The nation itself expands 5000 km north.
    • Chippawa: The military improves, while numerous Crees immigrate.
    • Mackinac: The military improves. 
    • Odawa: The military improves.
    • Chisasibi: The military improves.
    • North Ojibwe: The military improves.
    • Nipissing: The military improves.
  • Tawatinsuyu: Within the Empire proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. A great mourning is spread across the empire as the news is broken that Apaec the Conqueror has died of a European disease. After a lengthy debate within the empire's elite, the sister of Apaec, Cava, is put on the throne, taking the title "Sapa Inca, Empress of Peru and her peoples." While many elites believe she will continue to take a backseat in government like she did as a princess, they are mistaken. Cava sets to work continuing her brother's reforms. One such reform is to elevate Chiribaya from a vassal to its own empire. She places herself on the throne as the Empress of Chiribaya, forming the Empire of Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at 4,800,000, with the largest city being Cuzco (140k), then Peru (75k), Machu Picchu (60k), Chimu (50k) Sican (30k) and New Burgundy (25k). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confedereation, it consists of Peru and her vassals.
    • Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 900,000.
    • Hanan Peru: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed and preparations are made to join the Peruvian Confederation as the Empire of Peru alongside Collaquimbaya. Population stands at 750,000.
    • Collaquimbaya: Expansion program begins. Population stands at 50,000.
  • Grand Croatian Bajanate (Veliki Hrvatski Bajanat): Military turn.
    • ​Banate of Red Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However the govrnment makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined. Timurism continues to spread amongst the clergy in Croatia and even the Patriarch of the Brothers of the Raven studies it, noticing potential in it.
    • Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanat Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
    • Banate of White Croatia (Bijelohrvatski Banat): The White Croats spread the White Croat amongst those who still consider themselves not-Croats. Preparations are made to unite with the Red Croats in order to create a fully unified Croatian nation.
    • Podbanate of Carantania (Podbanat Karantanska): The economy is primarily developed and the process of Croatization begins, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbanate closer to the Banate. 
  • The Tartary suffers with the lowering temperature of the world. However, this doesn't stop Siberian expansion, which now is not primarily led by the agricultural peoples of the Volga or the emigrant Turks, but rather a wave of Sakha and Ket expansion into the main rivers. Much of the northern half of the Yenisey and Lena rivers is already in Tatar hands, while the Ob is entirely under control of the Emperor. The economy begins shrinking because of a bad harvest this year. However, massive development occurs there. The military also begins to be modernised, while Julian II marries a young Mari woman.
    • Mangut Nivkhgu: begins expanding its fleet, as the first Nivkh naval expedition parts south towards the islands seen to the east of the Nivkh Bay. They find these islands are controlled by their traditional rivals, the Aynu. They find the Isle of Iturup first, and force the Ainu leader of the island to swear fealty to the Hang Mangut; this greatly pleases the court at Ñendaqo, which feasts with many pastries.
    • The Empire of Parthia: Continues its radical reformation of their nation. The road system on the Golestani coast continues to be developed, and its heavily fertile land begins to be farmed more lucratively. The Parthian population grows quite quickly as great farming is increased. The four noble houses continue looking for the rest of the houses that have not yet been discovered; those are Sohae, Parni and Suren. The farming on the fertile Hyrcanian coast is heavily developed. This makes the population grow quickly; Parthia is much of the source for more tropical foodstuffs in the Tatar breadbasket, and it makes Permic merchants want to buy them at very high rates. The military is developed by initiative of the Mihran of Rayy, who are closer to the border and feel less safe. The Houses of Mihran, Sasan, Dahae and Karen agree to centralise their military forces and modernise them, as well as make the most of their highland territory, the birth of Parthia's ultra-defensive policy. Forts and railroads are constructed throughout the nation. Two new large ports are constructed to connect Tatar shipping rates to Mazandarani ones.
    • The Khanate of Khiva: Continues economic and military development. The population does not grow rapidly like in the rest of the Tartary, but does grow, as some Turks settle in the nation and some Kazakhs and Karalparak people settle down in cities. The Khivan authorities completely allow Islam full rights, but it is markedly on decline, as reported by major missionaries who show that attendance to Mastoravic temples is ever larger, and some mosques have been forced to shut down. The road system and economy are developed, as is the Khivan army.
    • The Emirate of Bukhara: Also develops its economy and military. Notably high birthrates are noted amongst the Bukhori Jews. Many Turks arrive on the nation, and begin settling down in the major cities, especially Samarkand and Tashkent, but they keep away from the Tajik regions in the centre and east of the nation. The Mastoravic faith has made many inroads into the nation, especially in the major cities; some estimates believe that up to half the population was Mastoravic, after fifty years of constant missionary work. The population quickly grows. The economy is developed through the construction of road systems with China and Khiva.
    • The Khanate of Azov: Also continues rapid development. The cities of Ine' Fëdor-Osh and Özu-Cale become extremely large, holding large amounts of the population. The city of Bashmachka is founded in the Dnieper river by Crimean Goths, and many Tatars from the right bank of the Dnieper move to the region around the nation. The economy and military are rapidly developed, as are the fortresses of the main ports.
    • The Principality of Chernihiv: Develops as well. The population shows quick growth as many Ukrainians leave to the area. However, they unwittingly bring in the Mastoravic faith and extremely heavy Tatar and Volga Uralic influences to their language. The Ukrainian language continues to diverge from standard East Slavic. The economy is developed, as is the military.
    • The Principality of Perm: Continues to develop its huge trade empire. Trade spreads as far west as Scandinavia and Europe and as far east as Mangut Nivkhgu. This leads to great economic growth. The population experiences huge growth and the economy does as well, with money flowing in tonnes by the population. The military is also developed, as forts are constructed in the western border, and roads are constructed. The nation experiences an economic boom.
    • The Khanate of Bajkal: also experiences development. While the population is not very conductive to growth, the economy is, with many native species and Bajkal water making great rare goods for trade. The military is a lot more prestigious, because of its "seven banners" organisation. Development occurs there.
  • The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. War plans in Borealia are put on indefinite hold as political and economic tensions ease with Scandinavia. Britannic assistance to Croatia in the reforms is permitted. The Empire inacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. Ships are moved toward Siam. The Academia Canterbrigae is formed as a science institution at Cambridge. The Academia extends contact to the Imperial Society to help in the flow of knowledge. Britannia also fully adopts flintlocks with better firepower and reiability. The armories in Oxfordshire and Berkshire begin to produce these weapons in some quantity. The Academia Canterbrigae releases its first peer reviewed journal, the Commentarium 'Academia Canterbrigae. 
    • Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
    • Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
    • New Dublin: Continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
    • Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
    • Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
    • New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand. The Borealian colonies all expand inland 1000 sq km
    • Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Most locals now see themselves as loyal British citizens and now fully vote and represent the colonies, Ghana becomes the first Brittannic colony to invoke near self rule, with little regulation from the homeland due to the mutual respect from the others. Any separatist movements are largly ignored.
    • Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives at Port William on the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises.
    • L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area. 
  • The Consulate of Dacia: Vladimir II, now 44, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Dacia, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also Terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. The strangely colder weather begins to impact population growth negatively and it slows to almost a crawl. food production stabilizes, and much more growth in the foreseeable future seems unlikely. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by flintlocks. Several new firearm companies are founded along the coast and up the Danube. Finally a breakthrough is made. However, it is prohibitively expensive and difficult to produce in any quantity. The test weapon is taken to Vladimir II; he appreciates the greatly accelerated rate of fire, but condemns the cost and difficulty of construction. Despite this he orders two breech loading rifles, for his own and his son’s use. More disputes occur in the senate. Elenora, now a child of 18 continues to grow under her mother’s tutelage. Mircea III, now 17, grows quickly and begins to learn the art of statesmanship and military strategies. He continues playing war-games on a vast scale, and is quickly becoming an excellent general. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow.
    • Kiev: With a newly instates Consulate the nobility are won over by Dacia. The system gives them much greater power within the nation, and they associate this newfound power with Dacian influence. This allows a quick restoration of stability, and the economy begins to recover.
    • Halych: Consul Yarlslav III improves the economy and military are both improved after last years scare.
    • East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. Many of the Magyar noble families are forced to marry into Romanian houses to retain their lands, otherwise it will be sold off to Romanian immigrants.
    • Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
    • Dacian Iritria: Nutmeg is produced for sale back in Europe. Trade is conducted with Ethiopia, and as our Christian brethren we offer them our protection. Wool and sheep production is also improved, as is mining for precious materials. This allows the economy to grow significantly.
  • Roman Empire: The conquest of Anatolia is complete, and Emperor Stephen I and Consul Thomas Doukas are hard at work integrating the new territories in the Empire's political and economic system. The Turks who live in the new lands are treated fairly, and the traditional policy of encouraging Turkish emigration first established by Theodore III is reinstated, with several hundred to a thousand Turks leaving the nation peacefully each year. The success in bringing most of Anatolia back into the Empire restores a considerable amount of the Empire's prestige, and the Empire grows as a result. The economy continues to grow through trade, and new mines established in Anatolia help fuel such growth. Military garrisons are established in some forts but also cities like Ancyra and Nicaea in order to help maintain order over the new lands, and the military and navy continue to train and improve to maintain further control.. Greeks immigrate to these lands to accompany their families and also to set up new businesses or administration in the territories. Constantine IX is assassinated soon into his reign, and his younger brother John takes the throne as John IX.
    • Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels.
    • Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
  • Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1667, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz, Landshut continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Leopold II, aged 37, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Rome, and Bohemia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In domestic news, King Leopold continues attempting to propagate the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 50% of Bavaro-German secondary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, and uptick of 35% of primary speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 5000 remaining in Saxony, and 5000 in Thuringia. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. The 5000 troops in Bohemia are split and diverted to Osterreich and Brandenburg/Pomerania. 2500 arrive in Osterreich, while 1000 and 1500 arrive in Brandenburg and Pomerania, respectively. The King sends financial and food aid to Austria, and announces that the Bavarian crown will pay for 35% of all infrastructural renovations in Austria, Brandenburg, Pomerania. In royal news, the King now has three children: Anna-Sophia (born 1657), Franz-Dominic (born 1659), Karl (born 1661), Katharina (born 1662), and Margaret (born 1663). In economical news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In social and political news, the actions of the Bavarian crown in dealing with Austria, Brandenburg, and Pomerania have become widely known and popular. Several scholars at the Isabell University in Munich have labelled the relief efforts as a Restoration. Soon, many people refer to the massive tax cuts, infrastructural reconstructions, and general aid as Restoriation. When dealing with the south, many in Bavaria label the restoration as Austrian Reconstruction. In early 1667, an Austrian scholar and merchant, named Karl Manzkari, establishes a trade outpost in Vienna. Initially attracting local merchants, it soon amasses a large array of traders, mostly from northern Austria.
    • Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
    • Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Leopold I, age 36, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Leopold normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
    • City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
    • Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
    • Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
    • Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 50% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. 
    • Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna begins. The temporary headquarters of the Curia Austria are moved to Forchtenstein Castle. However, many in Bavaria support the movement of a temporary seat to Linz or Passau instead, so its closer to Landshut. Leopold remarks that the situation is fine as is, and no reining in or domineering is necessary. A number of 156 Austrians arrive at Forchtenstein over the year. Most of the laws they pass in 1664 concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is tentatively popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separte legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed.
    • Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert I, age 38, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Margrave Albert marries Brandenburger Merchant's daughter Elisabeta Mittendau in February. A son is born in early November, whom the Margrave names Albert, after himself.
    • Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duke Franz-Ballard, age 27, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Franz-Ballard orders that several repairs commence on the several ports in Pomerania, including heavy repairs on the main ports. This is done to revitalize trade, commerce and transport as soon as possible. Later on, Leopold and Franz-Ballard plan on touring Pomerania in order to make it known that he holds no ill will for any Pomeranian. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Pomerania. Franz-Ballard marries Anglo-Bavarian merchant's daughter Mary Whitham. Duchess Mary, already divorced once, announces her pregnancy a month after her marriage to the duke.
    • Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operates chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, and Berlin. Adalbert Völcher, Edmund von Rot-Pferd, and Markus-Paul Ehrbach are among the most prominent merchants and leaders in the RBSC.
    • Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
  • Empire of Japan: The military/economy is built up. A Japanese colonialist named Yokohama comes to the court of the Emperor Yoshi II. He is trialled for disloyalty to the emperor and not worshiping Shinto. He dies after a long, painful, tortuous death. The minorities, as well as unhappy colonists and non-Shinto followers, launch a military coup on the capital. He emperor, a follower of the samurai, had lost a fight with another person. This meant to Yoshi II to commit suicide in a ritual, surrounded by many loyalists. However, as he died without an heir, someone had to become the new one. After some more fighting, the opposition wins and transforms Japan into a monarchal empire, with Yokohama's son Yokohama II, as emperor. However, during all of this, Merchant ships travel west to India to collect spices to preserve food for the new empire, where they encounter Punjab traders. The Punjabians, selling opium, purchase the opium, giving it to the emperor. The Japanese Start trading south, to trade more with other nations. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the disorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, know to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan. Now that Manchuria is owned by Yokohama III, the nation rejoices, now being under a Japanese monarchs rule. Meanwhile, merchants in the Philippines, on their way to the southern islands, steer off course on their way there. His companions and their leader, Hideak Kotohito, freak out, until they land at the OTL location of Biak. The town of OTL Biak is claimed for Japan, already serving as a trading post with the natives. The island is settled, creating the first colonial settlement for the Empire of Japan. The emperor is praised upon, with the magical number 2000 being used everywhere, (lel, 2000th edit).
    • Ainu (Vassal of Japan): The economy is improved. Trade ships are starting to be built, so the Ainu can trade more with Japan and their companions.
    • Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. A huge project of 50 galleys/frigates plan to be built by 1670, and construction on them starts.

The union between Manchuria and Japan is celebrated, as the project on the ships continue.

    • Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs.
    • Taiwan (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan.
    • North Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get two-year compulsory military training and then a five-year military term.
    • South Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get two-year compulsory military training and then a five-year military term.
    • Biak (Colony of Japan): The island is settled upon, starting creations on ports and other stuff. The colony expands by 5 px.
  • Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand economy and military.
  • Pskov's "Great March south" continues unopposed. The city of Villnus is surrounded, and Pskovian soldiers attempt to simply walk through the gates of the city, and farther south, the Pskovian forces reach Minsk, and in Silesia, they begin meeting up and stopping the advances of Croatian soldiers without firing a single shot. Something like "this is ours now". In any case, the Forces reach a line south of Minsk later this year, and about 40,000 people in total participate in this march, creating a line where they meet, When they reach Minsk, they convince the Polish voevoda to surrender the city instead of suffering through a brutal siege of over 20,000 men, with no re-inforcements in sight. As soon as they enter the city, Elena calls a "Veche" and has them declare her the Grand Princess of Belorussia. The Nation of Belorussia is declared this turn. After this, Elena continues south and leaves Voevoda Efgeni Malkin to administer the occupation. and Elena talks with the general of the Coratian advance, and they decide to leave it be, and invite Pskov to the treaty of bratislava, which they participate in, and sign later this year, giving administrative control of West Danzig to Croatia and use of ports in exchange for not contesting the Pskovian claims and proclaimed nation of Belorussia. In any case, the economy and new agriculture methods, as well as gold coming from Zlatobrezhie grow the GDP and the average wage of the worker, while the mint of Pskov begins to control its distribution, storing the majority of it in its vaults in order to keep inflation down and control the supply of gold. In the meantime, the National Mint of Riga is converted into a subsidiary of the Mint of the Pskov treasury, and is allowed to continue minting Reichtadlers, under the control, however, of Pskov, and in diminishing numbers, with the plan on converting fully to Zolotnik-Ruble system by 1700. All soldiers are now afforded the new style uniforms, and this ends certain things. Meanwhile, the Academy of Pskov continues research using various scientific tools. Meanwhile, many begin to think about the "action at a distance" cauysing the earth to rotate around the sun, and the moon around the earth, and so on. However, many end up without hope, until a certain Grigory Mikhailovich Prokhudin begins a line of inquiry using infinitesimal calculus ... Meanwhile, in administartive and Governmental news, upon the recommendation of the Grand Princess of Pskov, Elena Kondratieva, many parliaments are proposed to amend their constitutions so that the length of the Rule of the Sovereign is defined as "at the Elector's leasure". An "eternal Ryad" is and idea that is proposed for the Republic of Pskov, who never really had a formal constitution, but rather separate "Ryads" or "agreements" between the veche adn the sovereign defining the powers of each. They have, however, become fairly consistent, giving most administrative decisions to the Sovereign (with the approval of the Veche), the inhability to pass laws without the Veche or Posadnik's consent, defining the Grand Prince(sse) as the "Perviy Voevoda"(First Voevoda, Commander-in-Chief) of the entire armed forces, etc ... However, the issue of officially standardizing, and incorporating into it the Charter of Rights of the Citizen is taken as a good idea, and debate begins as to how to best implement it and whatnot, again defining the rule of the sovereign as "at the elector's leasure". After a suggestion by
    • The Federal Republic of Eesti: Improves its military, and the Riigikogu approves limited participation in the "march south", leaving the decision to participate to the constituent republics of Taalinn and Narva. Term length of the Consul defined officially in the constituiton of the Federal republic as "At the Elector's liesure". The turn is dedicated to military. The Republic of Narva Decides to participate fully in the march south, while The Republic of Taalinn decides to take a pass on the march.
    • Latvia holds its first unfied elections this year, and as the results are becoming know, the majority of the 100 members of the Seimas of Latvia do not associate with a leader, and are therefore considered independent. However, six members from Riga follow a man named Algyrdas Glavekas, the Glavekans, and the Grand Princess Elena decides to name him the President of the Seimas. Her close friend, Ivan Galitzin, as the Knyaz-Namestnik of Latvia. The first matter of business of the Seimas is amending the constitution to include the term length of the Head of state to be "at the Elector's liesure". However, after doing this, they unanimously pass a motion demanding to know who the "electors" are, and send the letter to the Grand Princess of Pskov. Some limited participation in the "Great March" is approved, and Lithuania is the first to suggest that the common unarmed people participate as well. about 10,000 civilians accompanied by 500 soldiers march towards the east. Much effort is put into modernizing the economy, and the announcement that the mint of Riga will continue operation as a subsidiary of the Pskov Mint slightly props up the economy, as many are happy that they will not have to change all their money at unfair rates. the Economy slightly grows because of this, and because Pskovian farming methods begin to be imported, begining an agricultural revolution.
    • Elena's Close firend, Gerald Heizenberg is named the Knyaz-Namestnik of Lithuania Minor, The Lithuanian state council, to rule until the Saemas can be constructed and elected, approves of Lithuanian participation in the "Great March" and with some levies and recruits, lead by the Pskovian military, march east towards Vilnus, in order to create the "Republic of All Latvia". The turn is dedicated to military.
    • In the United Republic of Prussia and Danzig, the first Bundestag elections go off without a hitch. Albert von Braun's faction wins all seats in the Konigsberg area, and is unofficially named the "Konigsberg faction". He is appointed as the Chancellor of the Bundestag by His Royal Highness Frederik Hohenzollern, the Knyaz-Namestnik. Prussia works on its economy, importing Pskovian farming and agricultural methods, beginning an agrucultural revolution, and the new Pskovian banks and the de facto free trade with the free city of Danzig and its ties to France boost the Prussian economy. 
    • The Pskov Imperial Company (PIC): continues to gather funds to try to purchase a city in China, and works on building its own inter-Asian trade network, An expedition is sent ot Japan in ordet to try to get a trade agreement, and begin trade at fair prices. Meanwhile, some Chinese states are approached as well. Through the Embassy, hte Pskov Imperial Company begins to ask for trade rights for opium from places. More people are brought to the colonies to cultivate sugar, spices, and make rum. Some move there of their own free will, wanting a newer life, some are sent there as a punishment. 
    • The PIC possession of Zlatobrezhie continues its gold production. The New Governor approves of a program in which the old African Nobility will come get a European Education, and then be allowed to take up higher administrative posts, much akin to the ones they had almost 40 years ago, instad of being limited. The Russian language begins to spread amongst the common folk too, and the economy slightly improves, as stuff grows and trade with Pskovian merchants. Some new Farming methods are adopted, and agriculture becomes more efficient. Anyone wealthy enough is offered a place at the Pskov university and Pskov academies, but talk emerges to instead of sending people to Pskov, to send the schools and build schools in Zlatobrezhie. it is an intriguing idea that the Governor decides to take up with the Grand Princess next time he sees her. More missionaries are sent to convert the populace to orthodoxy, but are ordered not to be aggressive, as not to incite disorder.

1668

  • Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg and its subject expand their militaries. Neu Hamburg expands 20 px west.
  • Damascan Sultanate: Sultan Sulimen V takes over at the age of 19. He celebrates his 44th birthday and promotes migration to Damascus (دمشق) as it now numbers 405,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's (أنطاكية) population grows to 245,000. The people continue to rally toward Islam. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 26.7 million. Karaman and Damascus become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed. Relations with Urdustan and Mansuriyya are increased. Light flintlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. Jerusalem (القدس) grows to 270,000. Sultan Sulimen V declares war on the Yemenite SultanateTo celebrate the Demak Sultanate joining the UIN, Sultan Sulimen V marries Princes Maahnoor. Prince Sulimen VI is now 17. We send camel riders into center Arabia to begin exploring the edges. We increase relations with the Suri Empire and Demak Sultanate. We continue to help the Kingdom of Nubia become Islamic, we send more holymen to spread the word of Muhammad and God.
    • Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Karaman works on increasing relations with the Damascan proper to merge into the empire once again. Karaman expands military. Karamania begins merging into Damascan proper.
    • Diyabakir (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The new vassal joins the Damascan Sultanate. They fear the growing power of the Roman Empire, with Damascus now requesting an NAP they feel safer in a sense. Diyabakir expands its infrastructure. With the total victory by Damascan forces, the vassal begins to merge into the Damascan proper.
    • Southern Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Military expands. Borders are re-inforced and patrolled. Azerbaijan after 60-65 years of Damascan influence, the region is somewhat Muslim-Turk with the majority of the previous Orthodox Christians moving to Armenia. Azerbaijan is reaffirmed into the Damascan Sultanate. Troops are sent to reinforce the vassal. Azerbaijan now is 80% Muslim, as more holy men are sent in to spread the true word.
    • Aleppraqht (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Trade is increased and now extravagantly reaching Africa has made Aleppraqht a vital economic trading area on the coast of Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 50,000. Economy expands. Ships are constructed.
    • Dhubab (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The vassal remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy and infrastructure expands. With the small 10 px expansion in Africa, Dhubab now strengthens its hold as the jewel of the Sanaamarib Strait. Ships are constructed.
    • Cairo (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Economy and infrastructure expands. Cairo's (القاهرة) population rises to 325,000. As many of the Muslims throughout Aegypt now face fealty under Roman rulership flock to the great Muslim city, in haven to be in an Islamic community. We continue expanding the port city, on the small bit of coast to be connected with Damascan proper. Ships are constructed. Cairo becomes an official vassal.
    • Sanaamarib (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With the new province in Yemen being swarthed, the Sultan Sulimen V begins extensive trade routes with the vassal in Africa. We expand military. Ports are constructed, and a navy is continued to be built. Ships are constructed.
    • Port Sudan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): We send more Muslim holy men to Port Sudan in order to spread Islam further in Nubia. To pay back to Nubia for their generosity we send militaristic support to Nubia in any future endeavors they wish to proceed in. We give them guns and the advanced technology to build old Dutch modeled ships, as well as advanced flintlock rifles. We expand our military. We allow access for Nubia to use the Philadelphi Canal, until Rome permits them grant, they will have to fly a Damascan flag on their vessels. Ships are constructed.
    • Damascan-Roman Diplomacy: We request an NAP with the Roman Empire.
  • Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to
  • |onte: The famine in |onte has come to a halt due to better harvest, a lower population, and food imports. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,410,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon XII takes the head of the Eheresito hu Suida, and maintains relations with both Zimbabwe and !Xoonte. Mon X has noticed that Mon XII's works in Zimbabwe can be well felt, as the higher class uses |on frequently. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200k strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports, and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.
  • Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.6 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. Hispania begins further investments into New Spain and New Granada especially New Granada in order to promote growth of these colonies and settlement of their respective interiors. The Colonial administration authority begins deciding whether to colonize the islands of Hawaii or not. with a vote to go before parliament. This vote is successful and the first colonization of Hawaii begins (5 px) Hispania declares an unlawful raising of armed forces in Burma and deploys its local fleet and nearly 1000 marines to combat the threat. Emperor Alejandro dies and his son Don Manuel De Habsburg is coronated as emperor with two sons and two daughters to continue his line. 
  • Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well. Italy joins with the Johannist faction to finish the civil war sending 50 of its own ships and nearly 15,000 men
    • Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
    • Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 
    • Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated two million and counting. The nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
    • Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
    • Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
    • Vatican City:Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy. 
    • Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
    • Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. 
    • Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 1000. 
    • Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overwork and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km.
    • Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
    • Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched Indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
    • Zapoteca: The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about four million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administrates a good amount of the Zapotecan territories. 
    • Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
    • Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory.
    • Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony proper. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 2.5 million and growing mostly through domestic growth rather than immigrational growth. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile preparing both the Mapuche and the Chilean territories for integration into the Viceroyalty proper within the next few decades.
    • Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 75,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px. Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project.
    • Viceroyalty of New Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 250,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 35,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton. 
    • Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia.  2500 troops from the Philippines (most of them spanish) are deployed to Burma to crush the revolt.
    • Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. 
    • Chile: The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 3000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 20,000  The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 350,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day. The Spanish instigate a large expansionary policy of connecting Chile with New Spain in a big way making a dedicated push across the continent. The silver mines in the area known as Potosi become legend as the most silver production in the Hesperian and Borealian continents are located here. Chile recovers from the earthquake rebuilding the town and repopulating it.
    • East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories. 
    • Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company. 2000 troops from Khambhat are deployed to help in Burma
    • Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory. 5000 of the Spanish troops in madras are relocated to fight in Cochin.
    • Cochin: The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 850,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain. The Royal Governor of Cochin begins to show a large interest in developing the territory and expanding into the Myanmar area, renamed Greater Cochin by the Governor. The Royal governor of Cochin deploys all 1000 of its forces in defense
    • Shan State: The Shan state is officially put under the authority of Cochin with the governor of Cochin running both under a singular department. Spanish wealth attracts opportunists who are used to set up a more major local economy as well as pushing for a solid armed force of about 2000. The Shan economy begins to be run and integrated with Cochin and the Shan state begins a rather lucrative expansion of some cash crops. The population is around five million people many who have suffered debilitating exploitation for no gain under Tibet. The Shan state, however, does begin to see improvement under the Spanish system. The Shan state manages to pull together all 2000 of its troops against the burmese noble
    • Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that can not set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City of Dawei raises a Sepoy army of about 1000. Dawei deploys its entire elite Sepoya force of 1000 drafting more to hold the city.
    • Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoy troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea company and manages to secure 500 elite Spaniard troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghais operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
    • Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and ships move in to begin the major trade route.
  • Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand economy and military.
  • Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to gain followers in the small towns next to Busan.
  • Ethiopia: Ethiopia begins to build up a military, now with about 1200 people. Our population is slightly growing, with about 338,000. Our government begins to invest riches into farming to attempt to gain a surplus of food.
  • Ayutthaya: Following the end of the First Voyage, the Second Voyage commences, and we officially announce that all settlement on New Teressa be cancelled due to a strangling budget. We continue to focus on our rapid modernisation of military and expansion of both defences in Ayutthaya, Lanna and the Ayutthayan Nicobar. We continue to strengthen our relations with The Japanese Empire and Lanka. Our roads are starting to make a good return and our long time investment into hightening our trade is proving good for Ayutthaya. Roads to the south have increased our local relations with the Malay living in the region.
    • Lanna: Joining Lanna back up with Ayutthaya has been postponed and we see the need to maintain a good income and relation with the region. We will eventually be re-joining the region, however.
    • Ayutthayan Nicobar: We are happy to announce the completetion of the Ayutthayan Nicobaran Fort. It is now active and we are doing lots of training on the region. We are also increasing our relation with the natives whose population continues to grow rapidly. We also continue developing schools and multi-story buildings to accommodate the quickly growing population, which has now reached 162,000 people. 
  • France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 6500 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 3400 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north). The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150k soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125k from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25k from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20k from Jamaica and 30k from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this through the empire. The Annexation of Neu Franken is made official under the Name of Nouvelle Artois and the Zollern Islands Renamed Illes Carolinnes
    • Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them.
    • Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
    • Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country.
    • Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
    • Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
    • French Mali: A new governor named Alphonse Equle is put in the position of running the small colony. The colony's administrative capital of Banjul begins to be reworked starting in the center and along the coast in order to get more orderly sewage and road systems built. In-land and on the islands sugar and cotton plantations are built, and are mostly staffed by local slaves that are curated by White Frenchmen. Several missions also spring up in the cities and on the islands, which begin to make some progress in converting the heathen Muslims.
    • Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up.
    • Free City of Danzig: The military, economy infrastructure and navy are built up, the establishment of the City as a Vassal of France after the occupation of the city since 1655
  • The Kiatagmiut Band, under the experienced leadership of Great Chief Taktuq, continues to develop its concept of the Cult of the Supreme Spirit, after many years of having abandoned this idea. The primary reason that this idea has begun to increase so significantly is that theatre rebounds, as does traditional story-telling. At the same time, domestication efforts of berries and reindeer have been extremely successful, and now there are annual surpluses. The Lavkar Reforms are officially disavowed this year, as nomadicism is no long required of the Kiatagmiut (or Togiagmiut) peoples. Trade by qayaq continues as surpluses drive up the standard of living. After roads are successful in linking the tundra village with the Kusquqvak villages, they are used more frequently to formalize paths for luussitar riders. Expeditions into the islands to the southwest of Kelutmun (the Aleuts) begin in earnest this year.
  • Wu China: Military is built up along with minor reforms passed.
  • Czech: A border control team is on the border to protect our nation. Each trooper checks each person coming into the nation. The military trains our troops harder the same way the Spartans did. Farming and blacksmithing are our most important industries. Some people mine. We continue to fix up the roads and build more outposts. We continue to build new churches and fix up the old ones. Our military continues to draft people so we can train more troops into the army. Due to a white peace with Poland nobody loses land. We still make Poland an enemy of the state. We continue to pay Croatia 10,000 continuing from now for 20 years to repay for Polish lands that were damaged in the war.
    • Silesia: We build up our military and economy.
    • Moravia: We build up our military and economy.
    • Lusatia: We build up our military and economy. 

Suri Empire: With his education complete, Prince Amir Terah is sent back to the Kingdom of Nubia. Border patrols continue. We continue to expand our economy. The sultan sends a permanent unit to defend (OTL) Fort Landi Kotal. In secret, the Sultan conscripts the top students from Khan Pir Islam to develop a method to make our firearms better. Friendly relations with Urdustan and Lanka continue. We start vassalizing Jaunpur [that strip East Delhi that I was calling Nepal, had a confusion on the map] (Turn Five of Six). Missions are sent into Nepal. Sultan Asad Khan Lari invites Prince Sulimen VI of the Demascan Sultanate to tour the empire and meet Princesses Aasmaa. The Sultan promotes local governors who are loyal to the thrown to lead Multan and Ladakh.

  • Marwar (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Military expanded and borders are heavily patrolled. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan.
  • Delhi (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Infrastructure is expanded. Construction (OTL)Fatehpuri Masjid is started (Turn Six of Eight). Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan
  • Multan (vassal of the Suri Empire): Military is expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri Proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan.
  • Ladakh (vassal of the Suri Empire): Military is expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri Proper. Positive trading continued with Urudstan.
  • Netherlands: Following the final victory over the Anti-johannist forces their is jubalation in Brussels, Antwerp, Namur, Amsterdam, The Hague and other major cities in commemoration of the reunification of the Lowlands. However, scars and damage produced by the war remain visible and much of th North lays ravaged by the fires of war. The once beautiful cities of The Hague and Amsterdam are heavily damaged leading to an increase in the economic importance of the cities of Antwerp, Brussels and the cities of Wallonia. The States-General grants general amnesty to all those woh fought under Hendrik and allows them to return to their homes. All foreign mercs are discharged with full pay, and bonuses for service, The 3000 Magyar who served in the Johannist army are allowed the right to settledown in any part of the Dutch Empire they wish to granting them special privledges such as exemption from taxes. Payment of debts to the Dutch bankers and to Hispania begin as trade and general production begins again allowing a slow but steady flow of revenue to enter the Kingdom.Johann signs the act of common law, recognizing the basic rights and freedoms of the Nobility, Bourgoisie, and common folk of the Lowlands. Under the act of common law The States-General The States-General pass several reforms balancing the Tax system, and commercial reforms. The Hague is restored to its former position as the capital of the Netherlands. However, due to damages Brussels remains the centre of political power in the Kingdom. Standardization and reformation of the Royal army continues as snaphaunce are phased out being replaced by the flintlock, Lined infantry formations are officially adopted as the standard for the Army. naval expansion begins once more. Scientific development continues specially in Brussels. The civil war having left deep scars on the land and on the souls of those who reside in the Netherlands produces a new wave of artistic expression much darker then the pre-war style, and taking on a more realist outlook on life. Wallonia and Flanders enjoy a rise in importance within the Netherlands. The military is placed under the direct control of the Stadtholder and the States-General reflecting the truimph of the will of the nation over the will of the soviergn though the crown remains the dejure commander of the armed forces. The States-General also secure the right to reject an heir to the throne or force the current soviergn to abdicate if they produce a valid reason or feel that the Act of Common Law is being infringed upon. They also pass the act of Nassau establishing that the crown may not be passed on to a non-reformist, and to someone who is not of the house of Nassau-Orleans. Upon discovering the presence of Hamburg troops on hendrik's side in the civil war, Their is general outrage amongst the members of the States-General and demands for Hamburg to pay compensation. The government authorizes privateers to start targeting Hamburg ships and colonies though not under the dutch flag.. Devaluation ends as profits and funds start trickling in to the kingdom again.
    • Hamburgian Dip: the government of Hamburg is appealed at the accusations thrown at it, and in response assures the Netherlands that no Hamburgian troops were authorized to fight in the civil war.
    • Netherland's East India Company: With the reorganization of power beginning in the homeland reforms are started in the East Indies territories. Administration is overhauled to bring it into a centralized administration while local autonomy of the Company's vassals is reaffirmed. The Company army begins reforms to create three divisions of the so called Native troops, Indian troops, and European troops. Amongst the reforms put forward efforts to assimilate and convert the Malay and Javanese are ceased and respect of local cultures is assured Malacca, Brunei, Dutch India, and Sunda are reclassified as Client States of the Company and a majority of Internal autonomy is returned while the Company assumes control of foreign policy and protection of its client states. Demek efforts to improve relations with the East India Company are welcomed and Batavia offers them a trade agreement, a similar policy with Suri is started as well. The Company requests Urdistani permission to begin recruiting Indian troops again, offering good pay and large pensions and land claims upon completion of service. the sale of black slaves to the Indian subcontinent is expanded greatly. Efforts to monopolize the trade routes of the East Indies is started up again. Trade with Lanka and Suri expand. Lanka is offered the opportunity to revise the treaty of protection. Efforts to exert influence over The Sumatran states renews as efforts to solidify control over trade in the region grow.
    • Dutch Africa: The European-educated black elites in Benin are granted greater autonomy as long as they provide the quota of slaves, ivory and other tradable goods. efforts to break Austrian dominance in the Cameroon region begin. The Governer requests that the Hague enforce Dutch interests in the region and secure a deal with Austria at all costs. 
    • Guiana: The population of Guiana has steadily grown over the past 100 years reaching a population of 12,000 white settlers and some 7000 black slaves. Economic growth continues and Paramaribo is declared the colony's capital. Plantations continue to grow and demands to open the interior for further exploitation begin. Culturally the colony remains Dutch-Wallon. Relations with the natives continue to deteriorate as incursions into native land continues and enslavement of the native population begins to work in construction. Efforts to isolate and destroy native culture begin. Exploration of the interior continues as expansion along the new Rhine river (otl orinoco river) continue as well as along the Amazon River claiming 500 pixels in total. Expansion of military control into the Interior continues with outposts being constructed to enforce Dutch-Wallon rule over the colony. Dutch Privateers begin operating out of Guiana though under false flags and harrassing of Hamburg ships begin. 
  • Grand Croatian Bajanate (Veliki Hrvatski Bajanat): Economy turn. With no surprise, former Crown Prince Alojz Nelipić is elected as the new Bajan. He takes upon the Polish name of Dobrogost as well, being titled His Highest Excellency, Bajan Alojz Dobrogost NelipićHe also requests Anna Le Habsburg's hand in marriage from her recently-crowned father Manuel De Habsburg. Finally, the Bajan also issues another organizational reform that will aid the Bajanate in numerous ways.
    • ​Banate of Red Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However the govrnment makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined. Timurism continues to spread amongst the clergy in Croatia and even the Patriarch of the Brothers of the Raven studies it, noticing potential in it.
    • Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanat Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
    • Banate of White Croatia (Bijelohrvatski Banat): The White Croats spread the White Croat amongst those who still consider themselves not-Croats. Preparations are made to unite with the Red Croats in order to create a fully unified Croatian nation.
    • Podbanate of Carantania (Podbanat Karantanska): The economy is primarily developed and the process of Croatization begins, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbanate closer to the Banate.  
    • Hispanian Dip: We agree to a royal marriage between Prince Alojz and Anna Le habsburg.
  • Nehilaw Sachemate: Political reform continues, with the Ahsinabe being granted seats on the Council of Sachems following their incorporation into the Nehilaw domains. The Council is expanded to 26 seats, twelve of which are held by Ashinabe and Chippawa, the remainder by Cree and Oji-Cree Sachems. The military improves, with muskets continuing to be adopted and sloops built for the navy. The completion of several ships brings the fleet to around 20 ships. Nehilaw fishermen settle on the far north coast of Borealia, forming a settlement called Igulik. Native Inuit arrive to trade at the settlement, which expands 200 km. . The High Sachem, Isapo-Muxixa, dies. His place is taken by his grandson and closest living relative, Kuiubab, called the One-Eyed, having lost his left eye to smallpox as a child. Kuiubab's first action as High Sachem is to give the inventor of Tsicha a government charter and exclusive right to produce it, in return for 15% royalties. The inventor sets about doing so.
    • Chippawa: The military improves, while numerous Crees immigrate.
    • Mackinac: The military improves. 
    • Odawa: The military improves.
    • Chisasibi: The military improves.
    • North Ojibwe: The military improves.
    • Nipissing: The military improves.
  • Tawatinsuyu: Within the Empire proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. A great mourning is spread across the empire as the news is broken that Apaec the Conqueror has died of a European disease. After a lengthy debate within the empire's elite, the sister of Apaec, Cava, is put on the throne, taking the title "Sapa Inca, Empress of Peru and her peoples." While many elites believe she will continue to take a backseat in government like she did as a princess, they are mistaken. Cava sets to work continuing her brother's reforms. One such reform is to elevate Chiribaya from a vassal to its own empire. She places herself on the throne as the Empress of Chiribaya, forming the Empire of Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at 4,800,000, with the largest city being Cuzco (140k), then Peru (75k), Machu Picchu (60k), Chimu (50k) Sican (30k) and New Burgundy (25k). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confedereation, it consists of Peru and her vassals.
    • Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 900,000.
    • Hanan Peru: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed and preparations are made to join the Peruvian Confederation as the Empire of Peru alongside Collaquimbaya. Population stands at 750,000.
    • Collaquimbaya: Expansion program begins. Population stands at 50,000.
    • Roman Empire: The conquest of Anatolia is complete, and Emperor Stephen I and Consul Thomas Doukas are hard at work integrating the new territories in the Empire's political and economic system. The Turks who live in the new lands are treated fairly, and the traditional policy of encouraging Turkish emigration first established by Theodore III is reinstated, with several hundred to a thousand Turks leaving the nation peacefully each year. The success in bringing most of Anatolia back into the Empire restores a considerable amount of the Empire's prestige, and the Empire grows as a result. The economy continues to grow through trade, and new mines established in Anatolia help fuel such growth. Military garrisons are established in some forts but also cities like Ancyra and Nicaea in order to help maintain order over the new lands, and the military and navy continue to train and improve to maintain further control.. Greeks immigrate to these lands to accompany their families and also to set up new businesses or administration in the territories. Constantine IX is assassinated soon into his reign, and his younger brother John takes the throne as John IX.
      • Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels.
      • Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
  • The Consulate of Dacia: Vladimir II, now 45, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Dacia, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also Terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. The strangely colder weather begins to impact population growth negatively and it slows to almost a crawl. food production stabilizes, and much more growth in the foreseeable future seems unlikely. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Flintlocks. Several new firearm companies are founded along the coast and up the Danube. Finally a breakthrough is made, however, it is prohibitively expensive and difficult to produce in any quantity. The test weapon is taken to Vladimir II; he appreciates the greatly accelerated rate of fire, but condemns the cost and difficulty of construction. Despite this he orders two breech loading rifles, for his own and his son’s use. More disputes occur in the senate. Elenora, now a woman of 19 continues to grow under her mother’s tutelage. Mircea III, now 18, studies at he Galati university. He continues playing war-games on a vast scale, and is quickly becoming an excellent general. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow.
    • Kiev: With a newly instates Consulate the nobility are won over by Dacia. The system gives them much greater power within the nation, and they associate this newfound power with Dacian influence. This allows a quick restoration of stability, and the economy begins to recover.
    • Halych: Consul Yarlslav III improves the economy and military are both improved after last year's scare.
    • East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. Many of the Magyar noble families are forced to marry into Romanian houses to retain their lands, otherwise it will be sold off to Romanian immigrants.
    • Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
    • Dacian Iritria: Nutmeg is produced for sale back in Europe. Trade is conducted with Ethiopia, and as our Christian brethren we offer them our protection. Wool and sheep production is also improved, as is mining for precious materials. This allows the economy to grow significantly.
      • Dacian Diplomats in Ethiopia: We assure the king that we will respect Ethiopia’s integrity, citing out continued protection from Islam. We hope to establish better relations with the ancient and well respected nation of Ethiopia.
  • County of Oldenburg: Work begins on three new sloops-of-war for the navy. One will be sent to the Borealian Command in Neu Norderney. Neu Norderney expands 200km south along the coast.
    • Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The economy expands a little bit. 
  • Empire of Japan: The military/economy is built up. A Japanese colonialist named Yokohama comes to the court of the Emperor Yoshi II. He is trialled for disloyalty to the emperor and not worshiping Shinto. He dies after a long, painful, tortuous death. The minorities, as well as unhappy colonists and non-Shinto followers, launch a military coup on the capital. He emperor, a follower of the samurai, had lost a fight with another person. This meant to Yoshi II to commit suicide in a ritual, surrounded by many loyalists. However, as he died without a heir, someone had to become the new one. After some more fighting, the opposition wins and transforms Japan into a monarchal empire, with Yokohama's son Yokohama II, as emperor. However, during all of this, Merchant ships travel west to India to collect spices to preserve food for the new empire, where they encounter Punjab traders. The Punjabians, selling opium, purchase the opium, giving it to the emperor. The Japanese Start trading south, to trade more with other nations. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the disorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, know to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan. Now that Manchuria is owned by Yokohama III, the nation rejoices, now being under a Japanese monarchs rule. Meanwhile, merchants in the Philippines, on their way to the southern islands, steer off course on their way there. His companions and their leader, Hideak Kotohito, freak out, until they land at the OTL location of Biak. The town of OTL Biak is claimed for Japan, already serving as a trading post with the natives. The island is settled, creating the first colonial settlement for the Empire of Japan. The emperor is praised upon, with the magical number 2000 being used everywhere, (LOL, 2000th edit).
    • Ainu (Vassal of Japan): The economy is improved. Trade ships are starting to be built, so the Ainu can trade more with Japan and their companions.
    • Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. A huge project of 50 galleys/frigates plan to be built by 1670, and construction on them starts.

The union between Manchuria and Japan is celebrated, as the project on the ships continue.

    • Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs.
    • Taiwan (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan.
    • North Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get two-year compulsory military training and then a five-year military term.
    • South Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get two-year compulsory military training and then a five-year military term.
    • Biak (Colony of Japan): The island is settled on, starting creations on ports and other stuff. The colony expands by 5 px.
  • Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1668, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz, Landshut continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Leopold II, aged 38, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Rome, and Bohemia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In domestic news, King Leopold continues attempting to propagate the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 50% of Bavaro-German secondary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, and uptick of 35% of primary speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 5000 remaining in Saxony, and 5000 in Thuringia. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. The 5000 troops in Bohemia are split and diverted to Osterreich and Brandenburg/Pomerania. 2500 arrive in Osterreich, while 1000 and 1500 arrive in Brandenburg and Pomerania, respectively. The King sends financial and food aid to Austria, and announces that the Bavarian crown will pay for 35% of all infrastructural renovations in Austria, Brandenburg, Pomerania. In royal news, the King now has three children: Anna-Sophia (born 1657), Franz-Dominic (born 1659), Karl (born 1661), Katharina (born 1662), and Margaret (born 1663). In economical news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In social and political news, the actions of the Bavarian crown in dealing with Austria, Brandenburg, and Pomerania have become widely known and popular. Several scholars at the Isabell University in Munich have labelled the relief efforts as a Restoration. Soon, many people refer to the massive tax cuts, infrastructural reconstructions, and general aid as Restoriation. When dealing with the south, many in Bavaria label the restoration as Austrian Reconstruction. In military news, Leopold and the Curia Bavaria vote on several army reforms in Bavaria proper. The standing army is to be formalized with greater detail than ever before, and several armies, regiments, and compositions are to be created. In political news, Leopold II, by royal decree, splits his privy council in two. There will be the Bavarian Council, servicing the King in all Bavarian, Saxon, Brandenburger, and Pomeranian matters. Then there will be the Austrian Council, servicing the King in all Austrian matters. The decree, known as the Novum Gubernum, will take effect on July 16, once all councillors are assigned. The King notes in several court proclamations that the Austrian council will be primarily composed of Austrians themselves, both of noble or high birth.
    • Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
    • Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Leopold I, age 38, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Leopold normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
    • City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
    • Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
    • Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
    • Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 50% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In early 1667, an Austrian scholar and merchant, named Karl Manzkari, establishes a trade outpost in Vienna. Initially attracting local merchants, it soon amasses a large array of traders, mostly from northern Austria. In 1668, Karl Manzkari establishes a much smaller outpost in another section of Vienna, hoping to attract more business.
    • Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna begins. The temporary headquarters of the Curia Austria are moved to Forchtenstein Castle. However, many in Bavaria support the movement of a temporary seat to Linz or Passau instead, so its closer to Landshut. Leopold remarks that the situation is fine as is, and no reining in or domineering is necessary. A number of 156 Austrians arrive at Forchtenstein over the year. Most of the laws they pass in 1664 concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is tentatively popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separte legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed.
    • Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert I, age 39, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Margrave Albert marries Brandenburger Merchant's daughter Elisabeta Mittendau in February. A son is born in early March, whom the Margrave names Johann. Margrave Albert has two children: Albert (born 1660), and Johann (born 1668).
    • Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duke Franz-Ballard, age 28, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Franz-Ballard orders that several repairs commence on the several ports in Pomerania, including heavy repairs on the main ports. This is done to revitalize trade, commerce and transport as soon as possible. Later on, Leopold and Franz-Ballard plan on touring Pomerania in order to make it known that he holds no ill will for any Pomeranian. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Pomerania. Franz-Ballard has one child, Mary (born 1668). Duchess Mary gives birth to a daughter, who she names Mary, after herself.
    • Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operates chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, and Berlin. Adalbert Völcher, Edmund von Rot-Pferd, and Markus-Paul Ehrbach are among the most prominent merchants and leaders in the RBSC.
    • Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
  • Imperium of Heaven: Military and economy are improved.
  • IN Pskov, the leader of the veche, the Posandik, co-ordinates a secret meeting with the other Knyaz-Namestniks of the Baltic Republics and the vice-consul of Eesti in order to do something to commemorate Grand Duchess Elena and the 10-year anniversery of the Republics' foundings. They all reach the conclusinon that due to the new territories, the title of "Velikaya Knyaginya" is no longer appropriate for Elena the Great. They do not want to resort to using "Tsaritsa" because of its absolutist connotations, and after much discussion, the meeting is adjourned and a they reach a conclusion. One month later, on the 10th anniversary of the signing of the treaty of Kongisberg, all Parliaments across the union proclaim, simultaneously, Elena Mikhailovna Kondratieva "has far outshined any of the Grand Princes and Duchesses of old Rus, and the West, and thus, we award and elevate her to the new position of "Verkhovnaya Knyaginya" (Supreme Duchess/Princess), a position that surpasses kings and despots, and is suitable to her honour and grandeur". When news reaches her, she is humbled by this, and is really happy by this, and a great festival is thrown in Pskov, and at the end, on december 31st at the ring of midnight, she takes her oath to people and country, and is given the new crown and chain of office created for her by the council of Namestniks, and takes her place as the Verkhovnaya Knyaginya of the Republics, a position now considered between King, and Tsar.  In any case, the economy and new agriculture methods, as well as gold coming from Zlatobrezhie grow the GDP and the average wage of the worker, while the mint of Pskov begins to control its distribution, storing the majority of it in its vaults in order to keep inflation down and control the supply of gold. In the meantime, the National Mint of Riga is converted into a subsidiary of the Mint of the Pskov treasury, and is allowed to continue minting Reichtadlers, under the control, however, of Pskov, and in diminishing numbers, with the plan on converting fully to Zolotnik-Ruble system by 1700. All soldiers are now afforded the new style uniforms, and this ends certain things. Meanwhile, the Academy of Pskov continues research using various scientific tools. Meanwhile, many begin to think about the "action at a distance" causing the earth to rotate around the sun, and the moon around the earth, and so on. However, many end up without hope, until a certain Grigory Mikhailovich Prokhudin begins a line of inquiry using infinitesimal calculus ... Meanwhile, in administartive and Governmental news, upon the recommendation of the Grand Princess of Pskov, Elena Kondratieva, many parliaments are proposed to amend their constitutions so that the length of the Rule of the Sovereign is defined as "at the Elector's leisure". Talks about a formal Constitution for Pskov continue. Pskov incorporates territories given directly to its administration in the Treaty of Bratislava. The New Veche ratifies the treaty.In case I forget to write this, all UK parliaments ratify the Treaty of Bratislava at some point this year.
    • The Federal Republic of Eesti: Improves its military, and the Riigikogu approves of changing the title of the title of Elena to Verkhovnaya Knyaginya as an overarching head of state of this conglomeration of states known colloquially as the Union of Kongisberg. However, officialy, the title of the head of State of Eesti Remains "Consul". The turn is dedicated to military. The Riigikogu rattifies the treaty of bratislava and begins incorporating the territories given to it.
    • The Seimas of Latvia pass a motion elevating the Grand Duchess Elena to the position of Supreme Duchess (Verkhovnaya Knyaginya). Latvia works to set up administration in the territories given to them by the treaty of Bratislava. The Parliament rattifies the treaty of bratislava and begins, with the help of the pskovian military, to institute order.  Much effort is put into modernizing the economy, and the announcement that the mint of Riga will continue operation as a subsidiary of the Pskov Mint slightly props up the economy, as many are happy that they will not have to change all their money at unfair rates. The Economy slightly grows because of this, and because Pskovian farming methods begin to be imported, begining an agricultural revolution. The seimas adds two seats for the incorporated territories to be filled next election.
    • The Republic of Lithuania-Minor officially changes its name to the "Republic of Lithuania" following the Rattification of the Treaty of Bratislava by the  Lithuanian state council, and the capital is moved to the historic capital of Lithuania, Villnus. The State Council passes a motion elevating the Grand Duchess Elena to the position of Supreme Duchess (Verkhovnaya Knyaginya). The Lithuanians begin incorporating and administering certain parts of the territory alloted to them by Bratislava, and the first electoral boundries are drawn up, and elections set for 1671, so that both order and peace should prevail. The turn is dedicated to military.
    • In the United Republic of Prussia and Danzig, The Konigsberg faction reluctantly agrees to ratify the Treaty of Bratislava, seeing free trade with Croatia as a small price to pay for the lack of enforcibility of the laws in east Danzig. His Royal Highness Frederik Hohenzollern, the Knyaz-Namestnik of Prussia, however, feels a bit insulted by the treaty, but keeps it to himself because of political fears. Prussia declares and elevates Elena to "verkhovnaya Knyaginya" nonetheless, partly because of Frederik's wishes to be called "King". Prussia works on its economy, importing Pskovian farming and agricultural methods, beginning an agrucultural revolution, and the new Pskovian banks and the de facto free trade with the free city of Danzig and its ties to France boost the Prussian economy. 
    • In Belorussia, the Pskovians begin to restore order, and attempt to form a stable government. Not completely destroying the old framework, they allow many of the old Boyars to keep their place as administrative people so long as they agree to pskovian Rule. Some were already made examples of, and their property and titles and privelleges were forfeit. Nikita Menshikov is appointed the Knyaz-Namestnik alongside the General in charge of the occupation. Thier first order of business is declaring that the old nobility and the common folk shall be equal before the law. That all citizens are equal in front of the laws and courts, and are innocent until proven guilty. They also announce plans to bring forth a charter of rights and constitution, and declare Minsk the capital of their new state. in any case, training in stuff begins, and as the state stabilizes, its economy improves just a bit. They also announce that Belorussian will be an official language alongside Great Rusisan and the Pskov Dialect, sometimes commonly refered to as "Blue Russian"
    • The Pskov Imperial Company (PIC): continues to gather funds to try to purchase a city in China, and works on building its own inter-Asian trade network, An expedition is sent ot Japan in ordet to try to get a trade agreement, and begin trade at fair prices. Meanwhile, some Chinese states are approached as well. Through the Embassy, hte Pskov Imperial Company begins to ask for trade rights for opium from places. More people are brought to the colonies to cultivate sugar, spices, and make rum. Some move there of their own free will, wanting a newer life, some are sent there as a punishment. 
    • The PIC possession of Zlatobrezhie: continues its gold production. The New Governor approves of a program in which the old African Nobility will come get a European Education, and then be allowed to take up higher administrative posts, much akin to the ones they had almost 40 years ago, instad of being limited. The Russian language begins to spread amongst the common folk too, and the economy slightly improves, as stuff grows and trade with Pskovian merchants. Some new farming methods are adopted, and agriculture becomes more efficient. Anyone wealthy enough is offered a place at the Pskov university and Pskov academies, but talk emerges to instead of sending people to Pskov, to send the schools and build schools in Zlatobrezhie. it is an intriguing idea that the Governor decides to take up with the Grand Princess next time he sees her. More missionaries are sent to convert the populace to orthodoxy, but are ordered not to be aggressive, as not to incite disorder.
  • Scandinavian Empire: The Migration Act in Borealia continues to bring rapid changes for the colonial spectrum of the New World, especially in the colonies of Strombek and Vinland. The populations of the colonies increase this year. Meanwhile, in Scandinavia, interest in science, especially in the biological fields, takes off as cell theory continues to sweep through Europe. This leads to more interest in education as a whole in larger cities. King Kristoffer II issues the Vetenskaplig imperium act, paving the way for a new era of education in Scandinavia. The economy is boosted heavily as income pours into the coffers of the Scandinavian Empire.
    • Helluland: The economy is established.
    • Iceland: The economy is improved.
    • Huronsmark: The economy is improved.
    • Karelia: The economy expands.
    • New Gotland: The economy expands.
    • Schleswig: The economy is expanded.
    • Sjösmark: The economy is expanded this year as new rifles make it to Sjösmark. 
    • Strombek: The economy is expanded. Strombek expands by 5000 sq km.
    • Vinland: The economy is expanded. Vinland expands by 5000 sq km

1669

A large group of Russian settlers looking to get away from constant conflicts in the Baltics and Rus' as well being economically downtrodden, leave for various colonies particularly New Spain and New Orleans, these being the two most prosperous colonies in the new world

A large movement to consolidate Chile and the Mapuche under New Spain comes about attempting to usurp the status quo and Bring them under the Viceroyalty giving Spain more direct control over the territory.

A fleet of older but still viable ships bought from Spain and France on the Black market are crewed by series of like minded people from various denizens in Europe kick off major piracy in the Caribbean with nearly 50 different major piracy attacks across the sea harming the trade of many nations particularly ships traveling in smaller convoys or alone.

  • Nubia: We begin shifting towards Islam with greater increasing relations with the Damascan Sultanate. We expand our military. Our King, King Amir Daal Suiman (44), a changed devout Muslim, orders the country to begin a massive switch to Islam. Much resistance continues. The people begin to cry for freedom of choice for religion. To appease the masses King Amir Daal Suiman, allows the Kingdom of Nubia, Makuria and Alodia to the right of free choice in religion. The infrastructure increases, and soldiers and mercenaries are sent to take part in the King's personal army. Mosques are built around the kingdom. Islamic proselytizers come in from Mecca and Damascus and begin spreading Islam throughout the state. Due to the free choice people begin shining light towards King Amir Daal Suiman, and the population of Muslims in Nubia grows from 17% to 18%. The King's son, Prince Amir Tehra at age 11 is sent as a ward to the Suri Empire, as a religious confedant. Prince Amir Tehra is now 24. We give 15 px of coastline to the Damascan Sultanate. We inform the French to stay out of Nubian lands. We ask that Dacia lets Ethiopia go as a protectorate. We inform the Damascan Sultanate that now more land will be given to them. We receive flintlock rifles from the Damascan Sultanate. Prince Amir Tehra marries a noble from the Mansuriyya Sultanate. Amir Kubaal. We talk to Sultan Sulimen V about becoming a member of the UIN.
    • Alodia (kingdom state of Nubia): We expand our military and spread Islam throughout the state. Economic support is received from Damascus. The state becomes more Islamic.
    • Makuria (kingdom state of Nubia): We expand our military and spread Islam throughout the state. Economic support is received from Damascus. The state becomes more Islamic.
    • Damascan Diplomacy: We reject the proposal to join the UIN as you are currently only a fraction Islamic. Once reaching 67% Muslim population you may be admitted. We understand and thank the Kingdom of Nubia for coastal ports as Port Sudan continues to grow. We agree to send our newly fashioned Dutch styled rifles. We open up full trade with Nubia. We continue to spread Islam.
    • NO ISLAM PERIOD. You were told twice. Now don't make it a third time. -Feud
  • The Kiatagmiut Band: struggles through what is seen as the worst winter in a long time. Hundreds of luussitars die off, leaving only the sturdiest and hairiest around. More to come.
  • Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
  • Suri Empire: Sultan Asad Khan Lari weds his daughter, Princess Aasmaa to Prince Sulimen VI of The Damascan Sultanate. Border patrols continue. We continue to expand our economy. The sultan sends a permanent unit to defend (OTL) Fort Landi Kotal. After years of research, the students of Kahn Pir Islam developed a method to produce firearms at a much higher rate. Friendly relations with Urdustan and Lanka continue. Missions are sent into Tibet. In the Spring, the Sultan announces the birth of a new heir, Prince Fadeel Khan Lari. The Sultan promotes local governors who are loyal to the thrown to lead all vassals of the Empire.
    • Marwar (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Military expanded and borders are heavily patrolled. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan.
    • Delhi (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Infrastructure is expanded. Construction (OTL) Fatehpuri Masjid is started (Turn Seven of Eight). Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan.
    • Multan (vassal of the Suri Empire): Sultan Asad Khan Lari appoints a young aristocrat by the name of Ahkeen Farooqui as Wāli of Multan and her surrounding lands. His first order of business is to recruit one male from each family into the military. He then highers the best architects to start constructing mosques. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper and positive trading is continued with Urdustan.
    • Ladakh (vassal of the Suri Empire): Military is expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri Proper. Positive trading continued with Urudstan.
      • Suri/Damascan Dip: We ask for enough pixels to open a port in the Red Sea.
  • Manchu Empire: (Dynastic Union With Japan) With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son in law Horiyōshi Yokohama III succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of cattle, horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods especially lumber to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers with light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy and importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms and many firearms imported from Hispania were reverse-engineered to create identical copies. [Mil/Eco Turn]
    • Hailar Khaganate: With the defeat of the guerrilla forces in Hailar, Manchu control over the state was set up. The Emperor Qing Fúlín Shùnzhì, appointed Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon as the Governor of the state who in turn introduced a series of reforms which included support of settlement, ordering the people to put a halt to their nomadic lifestyles. Moreover, Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon supported the construction of schools in order to spread western knowledge to the rural areas and to educate the people. Meanwhile, a paramilitary consisting of 500 men was set up to maintain law and order in the state, and a system of spies had been established to eradicate opposition to Manchu rule. The native Mongol people were treated generously, but all those that had fought against the Manchu in the war were sent to work in the fields although this did mean that the populace did not take part in cultivation and harvest of crops. To modify the trade route present in the state, Dorgon initiated the start of the road system to link the trade route. [Mil/Eco Turn]
  • Empire of Japan (Dynastic Union With Manchuria): The military/economy is built up. A Japanese colonialist named Yokohama comes to the court of the Emperor Yoshi II. He is trialled for disloyalty to the emperor and not worshiping Shinto. He dies after a long, painful, tortuous death. The minorities, as well as unhappy colonists and non-Shinto followers, launch a military coup on the capital. He emperor, a follower of the samurai, had lost a fight with another person. This meant to Yoshi II to commit suicide in a ritual, surrounded by many loyalists. However, as he died without a heir, someone had to become the new one. After some more fighting, the opposition wins and transforms Japan into a monarchal empire, with Yokohama's son Yokohama II, as emperor. However, during all of this, Merchant ships travel west to India to collect spices to preserve food for the new empire, where they encounter Punjab traders. The Punjabians, selling opium, purchase the opium, giving it to the emperor. The Japanese Start trading south, to trade more with other nations. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the disorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, know to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan. Now that Manchuria is owned by Yokohama III, the nation rejoices, now being under a Japanese monarchs rule. Meanwhile, merchants in the Philippines, on their way to the southern islands, steer off course on their way there. His companions and their leader, Hideak Kotohito, freak out, until they land at the OTL location of Biak. The town of OTL Biak is claimed for Japan, already serving as a trading post with the natives. The island is settled, creating the first colonial settlement for the Empire of Japan. The emperor is praised upon, with the magical number 2000 being used everywhere, (LOL, 2000th edit).
    • Ainu (Vassal of Japan): The economy is improved. Trade ships are starting to be built, so the Ainu can trade more with Japan and their companions.
    • Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. A huge project of 50 galleys/frigates plan to be built by 1670, and construction on them starts.

The union between Manchuria and Japan is celebrated, as the project on the ships continue.

    • Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs.
    • Taiwan (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan.
    • North Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get two year compulsory military training and then a five year military term.
    • South Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get two year compulsory military training and then a five year military term.
    • Biak (Colony of Japan): The island is settled upon, starting creations on ports and other stuff. The colony expands by 20px.
  • Damascan Sultanate: Sultan Sulimen V takes over at the age of 19. He celebrates his 44th birthday and promotes migration to Damascus (دمشق) as it now numbers 405,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's (أنطاكية) population grows to 245,000. The people continue to rally toward Islam. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 26.7 million. Karaman and Damascus become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed. Relations with Urdustan and Mansuriyya are increased. Light flintlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. Jerusalem (القدس) grows to 270,000. Sultan Sulimen V declares war on the Yemenite SultanateTo celebrate the Demak Sultanate joining the UIN, Sultan Sulimen V marries Princes Maahnoor. Prince Sulimen VI is now 19. While touring Suri along with his escorted army of 4,000 he falls madly in love for Princess Aasmaa they quickly wed. Damascus and Suri enter a Dynastic Union. We send camel riders into center Arabia to begin exploring the edges. We increase relations with the Suri Empire and Demak Sultanate. We continue to help the Kingdom of Nubia become Islamic, we send more holymen to spread the word of Muhammad and God.
    • Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Karaman works on increasing relations with the Damascan proper to merge into the empire once again. Karaman expands military. Karamania begins merging into Damascan proper.
    • Diyabakir (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The new vassal joins the Damascan Sultanate. They fear the growing power of the Roman Empire, with Damascus now requesting an NAP they feel safer in a sense. Diyabakir expands its infrastructure. With the total victory by Damascan forces, the vassal begins to merge into the Damascan proper.
    • Southern Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Military expands. Borders are re-inforced and patrolled. Azerbaijan after 60-65 years of Damascan influence, the region is somewhat Muslim-Turk with the majority of the previous Orthodox Christians moving to Armenia. Azerbaijan is reaffirmed into the Damascan Sultanate. Troops are sent to re-inforce the vassal. Azerbaijan now is 80% Muslim, as more holy men are sent in to spread the true word.
    • Aleppraqht (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Trade is increased and now extravagantly reaching Africa has made Aleppraqht a vital economic trading area on the coast of Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 50,000. Economy expands. Ships are constructed.
    • Dhubab (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The vassal remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy and infrastructure expands. With the small 10 px expansion in Africa, Dhubab now strengthens its hold as the jewel of the Sanaamarib Strait. Ships are constructed.
    • Cairo (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Economy and infrastructure expands. Cairo's (القاهرة) population rises to 325,000. As many of the Muslims throughout Aegypt now face fealty under Roman rulership flock to the great Muslim city, in haven to be in an Islamic community. We continue expanding the port city, on the small bit of coast to be connected with Damascan proper. Ships are constructed. Cairo becomes an official vassal.
    • Sanaamarib (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With the new province in Yemen being swathed, the Sultan Sulimen V begins extensive trade routes with the vassal in Africa. We expand military. Ports are constructed, and a navy is continued to be built. Ships are constructed.
    • Port Sudan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): We send more Muslim holy men to Port Sudan in order to spread Islam further in Nubia. To pay back to Nubia for their generosity we send militaristic support to Nubia in any future endeavors they wish to proceed in. We give them guns and the advanced technology to build old Dutch modeled ships, as well as advanced flintlock rifles. We expand our military. We allow access for Nubia to use the Philadelphi Canal, until Rome permits them grant, they will have to fly a Damascan flag on their vessels. Ships are constructed.
    • Damascan-Roman Diplomacy: We request an NAP with the Roman Empire.
  • |onte: The famine in |onte has come to a halt due to better harvest, a lower population, and food imports. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,460,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon XII takes the head of the Eheresito hu Suida, and maintains relations with both Zimbabwe and !Xoonte. Mon X has noticed that Mon XII's works in Zimbabwe can be well felt, as the higher class uses |on frequently. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200k strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports, and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France. 
  • Nehilaw Sachemate: Political reform continues, with the Ahsinabe being granted seats on the Council of Sachems following their incorporation into the Nehilaw domains. The Council is expanded to 26 seats, twelve of which are held by Ashinabe and Chippawa, the remainder by Cree and Oji-Cree Sachems. The military improves, with muskets continuing to be adopted and sloops built for the navy. The completion of several ships brings the fleet to around 20 ships. Nehilaw fishermen settle on the far north coast of Borealia, forming a settlement called Igulik. Native Inuit arrive to trade at the settlement, which expands 200 km. . The High Sachem, Isapo-Muxixa, dies. His place is taken by his grandson and closest living relative, Kuiubab, called the One-Eyed, having lost his left eye to smallpox as a child. Kuiubab's first action as High Sachem is to give the inventor of Tsicha a government charter and exclusive right to produce it, in return for 15% royalties. The inventor sets about doing so. Meanwhile, the government, seeing the success of marginal and subnational authorites buying ships on the blakc market, sets about doing so itself. Several old but functional ships are purchased this year.
    • Chippawa: The military improves, while numerous Crees immigrate.
    • Mackinac: The military improves. 
    • Odawa: The military improves.
    • Chisasibi: The military improves.
    • North Ojibwe: The military improves.
    • Nipissing: The military improves.
  • Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand economy and military.
  • Scandinavian Empire: This is a big year for the Scandinavian Empire, let alone King Kristoffer II. 1669 marks the 20th anniversary since the end of the Scandinavian Civil War and the replacing of the House of Bjelbo-Griffins as the ruling house of Scandinavia. This year also marks the 20th year of King Kristoffer II's reign over Scanvinavia and Her mighty empire. To mark this anniversary, a galleon is rolled out of the Scandinavian ports, joining the First Fleet as a new flagship. The ship is christened the Jotunheim. The military is improved behind the scenes as well. The desire for education in Scandinavia increases as interest in science is increasing, seemingly by the day. The Migration Act in Borealia continues to bring rapid changes for the colonial spectrum of the New World, especially in the colonies of Strombek and Vinland. The populations of the colonies increase this year.
    • Helluland: The militia is established.
    • Iceland: The economy is improved.
    • Huronsmark: The military is improved.
    • Karelia: The military expands.
    • New Gotland: The military expands.
    • Schleswig: The military is expanded.
    • Sjösmark: The militia is expanded this year as new rifles make it to Sjösmark. 
    • Strombek: The military is expanded. Strombek expands by 5000 sq km.
    • Vinland: The military is expanded. Vinland expands by 5000 sq km.
  • Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to gain followers in the small towns next to Busan and Ulsan.
  • Ayutthaya: Following the end of the First Voyage, the Second Voyage commences, and we officially announce that all settlement on New Teressa be cancelled due to a strangling budget. We continue to focus on our rapid modernisation of military and expansion of both defences in Ayutthaya, Lanna and the Ayutthayan Nicobar. We continue to strengthen our relations with The Japanese Empire and Lanka. Our roads are starting to make a good return and our long time investment into hightening our trade is proving good for Ayutthaya. Roads to the south have increased our local relations with the Malay living in the region. 
  • France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 6500 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 3400 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150k soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125k from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25k from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20k from Jamaica and 30k from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this through the empire. The Annexation of Neu Franken is made official under the Name of Nouvelle Artois and the Zollern Islands Renamed Illes Carolinnes
    • Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them.
    • Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
    • Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country.
    • Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
    • Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
    • French Mali: Cities' major infrastructures continue to be developed, and roads and canals are built to outlying areas for better access to sugar and cotton farms. Missions continue to be built around the territory, making some progress in converting Muslims and animists alike, but the governor Alphonse Equle tries to assure mildness and liberalism in the missionaries in his territory to insure that the locals do not harass them too much. French ships make use of newly built ports, and countless dollars worth of slaves, cotton and sugar leave with them. This year they also left with 300 less Frenchmen who decided to settle in the city.
    • Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up.
    • Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, the establishment of the City as a Vassal of France after the occupation of the city since 1655
  • Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The construction of the observatory allows for Urdustani examination of the stars, and they begin to use translations of European texts to facilitate their own, independent observations. Trade with Kham continues, as well as financial offerings to stabilize their economy. Due to the current drought, there is a drastic decrease in the crop turnout in India, leading to the potential for a famine. Irrigation is attempted, but as so far, it has little success in the several regions of Middle India that are hardpressed to find major rivers.
      • Swargadeo of Barphanivāsa: (Barpha nivāsa kē rājya, برف مکان کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Trans-Assam continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. In the newly conquered regions of Tibet, there is a beginning of attempts to cultivate the land to farm potatoes and cotton mainly. However, since this is fairly early in the efforts, herding of yaks, goats, cattle, and sheep remain the economic mainstay of the Tibetan region. Efforts to convert the new peoples is minimal, waiting for a stabilization of the economy. In light of this, the Urdustani Tanki is implemented as the new currency of the Tibetan region. Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues.
      • Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): The Rayja of Vijaynagara , still ruled over by the Urdustani Emperor, begins to see some reforms. These reforms include making it easier for Hindus to become part of the noble caste, lowering their taxes and requirements. To compensate for this loss of Islamic power, however, schools increasingly put more emphasis on learning Urdu, an Islamic language in the Arabic script.
      • The Plutocratic State of Jaunpur (جونپور کے بہت سے پردانوں ریاست, Jaunapura kē ka'ī ra'īsōṁ rājya): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them. After having been provided Urdustani financial loans and levies for almost a century, several of the ruling nobility begin to call on the rebellious and belligerent nobility to recind their actions, or risk destabilizing Jaunpur at the point of its restabilization.
      • The Sultanate of Deccan (دکن کے سلطان, Ḍēkkana kī saltanata): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them. After having been provided Urdustani financial loans and levies for almost a century, Ahmed Shah Bahmani III begins to call on the rebellious and belligerent nobility to rescind their actions, or risk destabilizing Jaunpur at the point of its restabilization.
      • The Rayja of Sindh (سندھ کی بادشاہی,Sindha kē rājya): Now vassalized by Urdustan, greater focus begins to be put on its shipping industry and infrastructure to transport items to ports, so as to maximize the amount of income from its farmland in regards to potatoes, indigo and opium. The military begins to be reformed to more Urdustani tactics, but not by an increase of Urdustani nobility, but rather through simple advisors, which means that NOT all of the Sindh soldiers will be up to the caliber of Urdustani soldiers.
  • Mangut Nivkhgu: In this year, stellae record the legend of the great Nivkh navigator-chef I'mlos'taga'in. While it is firmly established that his later voyages were were well-planned, there are conflicting accounts of how he came by his first discovery.  For many years, the official story was that he had been sent on a secret mission to find exotic arctic pastry ingredients to satisfy the ever growing demand for Tiger's Hand and Juniper Volcano pastry (contrary to popular belief, Koryak walrus-meat-pies had not yet taken hold as Kamchatka's preferred pastry, as there is little evidence of the domestication of the walrus at this time, and even less evidence that the Koryak's had yet accepted the Nivkh pastry tradition). Based on analysis of period records, it appears that I'mlos'taga'in's vessel was not an exploration vessel, but rather a grain transport shipping pastry flour from Nendago to the Great Volcano City on Kamchatcka. Some of the earliest surviving records of the expedition record a great storm, so most modern historians (at least those not affiliated with the pastry chef's union) now contend that I'mlos'taga'in was a common freighter captain whose ship was blown wildly off course and made his discovery purely by change. What is established is that, somehow, he found his way to the island that now bears his name (OTL Commander Island in the Russian Aleutians). After making contact with the local Aleut people, he returned to the Great Volcano City hellbent on bringing settlers to the "lush, green islands" which he diuscovered. A great many followed him, and such began the fateful Nivkh settlement of the Ale'ut Islands. (Nation expands 10,000 km sq - far enough north along the Kamchatka coast to get to the islands - then onto the islands themselves).
    • The Mang Hangut makes yet another offer of his two daughters for royal marriages in Asia - defying the wishes of many eligible Nivkh suitors. 
  • Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.6 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. Hispania begins further investments into New Spain and New Granada especially New Granada in order to promote growth of these colonies and settlement of their respective interiors. The Colonial administration authority begins deciding whether to colonize the islands of Hawaii or not. with a vote to go before parliament. This vote is successful and the first colonization of Hawaii begins (5 px) Hispania declares an unlawful raising of armed forces in Burma and deploys its local fleet and nearly 1000 marines to combat the threat. Emperor Alejandro dies and his son Don Manuel De Habsburg is coronated as emperor with two sons and two daughters to continue his line. 
  • ​Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well. Italy joins with the Johannist faction to finish the civil war sending 50 of its own ships and nearly 15,000 men
    • Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
    • Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 
    • Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated two million and counting. The nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
    • Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
    • Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
    • Vatican City:Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy. 
    • Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
    • Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. 
    • Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 1000. 
    • Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
    • Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched Indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
    • Zapoteca: The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about four million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administrates a good amount of the Zapotecan territories. 
    • Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
    • Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory.
    • Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony proper. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 3.2 million and growing through immigration and domestic growth. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of Cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, Yerba mate, Wheat, Barley, Grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvination. The Viceroy of Spain, Alfonso Di Habsburg brother to the Emperor officially creates the Provincial divisions of New Spain in order to facilitate better ruling. The various empty by claimed or sparsely settled territories are split into developmental captaincies until a certain level is achieved in order to bring these territories onto the correct level with the coastal portions of the viceroyalty.
    • Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 75,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px. Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project.
    • Viceroyalty of New Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 250,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 35,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted. 
    • Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia.  2500 troops from the Philippines (most of them spanish) are deployed to Burma to crush the revolt.
    • Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. 
    • East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories. 
    • Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company. 2000 troops from Khambhat are deployed to help in Burma
    • Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory. 5000 of the Spanish troops in madras are relocated to fight in Cochin.
    • Greater Cochin: The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 8000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory.
    • Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoy troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea company and manages to secure 500 elite Spaniard troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghais operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
    • Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and ships move in to begin the major trade route.
  • Czech: A border control team is on the border to protect our nation. Each trooper checks each person coming into the nation. The military trains our troops harder the same way the Spartans did. Farming and blacksmithing are our most important industries. Some people mine. We continue to fix up the roads and build more outposts. We continue to build new churches and fix up the old ones. Our military continues to draft people so we can train more troops into the army. Due to a white peace with Poland nobody loses land. We still make Poland an enemy of the state. We continue to pay Croatia 10,000 continuing from now for 20 years to repay for Polish lands that were damaged in the war.
    • Silesia: We build up our military and economy.
    • Moravia: We build up our military and economy.
    • Lusatia: We build up our military and economy. 
    • The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. War plans in Borealia are put on indefinite hold as political and economic tensions ease with Scandinavia. Britannic assistance to Croatia in the reforms is permitted. The Empire enacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. Ships are moved toward Siam. The Academia Canterbrigae is formed as a science institution at Cambridge. The Academia extends contact to the Imperial Society to help in the flow of knowledge. Britannia also fully adopts flintlocks with better firepower and reliability. The armories in Oxfordshire and Berkshire begin to produce these weapons in some quantity. The Academia Canterbrigae releases its first peer reviewed journal, the Commentarium 'Academia Canterbrigae.
      • Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
    • Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
      • New Dublin: Continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
      • Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
      • Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
      • New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand. The Borealian colonies all expand inland 1000 sq km.
      • Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Most locals now see themselves as loyal British citizens and now fully vote and represent the colonies, Ghana becomes the first Brittannic colony to invoke near self rule, with little regulation from the homeland due to the mutual respect from the others. Any separatist movements are largly ignored.
      • Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives at Port William on the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises. The Royal Navy attempts to gain a handle on the piracy situation. However, several small port towns of grown to harbour pirates due to the influx of money.
      • L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area.
  • Imperium of Heaven: Seven Imperial Legions making up 88,000 men march into Mongolia, where they encounter unorganized and weak scattered resistance. 19% of the nation is taken in the first year, and the capital is expected to fall in four.
  • Ethiopia: The Ethiopian emperor sends five explorers down south to make diplomatic relations with the colonies in Somalia. He enlists 400 people to join the Ethiopian defense force, and ends up with a total of 1600 people in his army so far. We conquer tribes down to two miles south.
  • Grand Croatian Bajanate (Veliki Hrvatski Bajanat): Military turn. The organizational reform continues, and the monetary reform begins, and from now on Croatia will use the "kuna" as the currency.
    • ​Banate of Red Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However the govrnment makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined. Timurism continues to spread amongst the clergy in Croatia and even the Patriarch of the Brothers of the Raven studies it, noticing potential in it.
    • Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanat Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
    • Banate of White Croatia (Bijelohrvatski Banat): The White Croats spread the White Croat amongst those who still consider themselves not-Croats. Preparations are made to unite with the Red Croats in order to create a fully unified Croatian nation.
    • Podbanate of Carantania (Podbanat Karantanska): The economy is primarily developed and the process of Croatization begins, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbanate closer to the Banate.  
  • Netherlands: Following the final victory over the Anti-johannist forces their is jubalation in Brussels, Antwerp, Namur, Amsterdam, The Hague and other major cities in commemoration of the reunification of the Lowlands. However, scars and damage produced by the war remain visible and much of th North lays ravaged by the fires of war. The once beautiful cities of The Hague and Amsterdam are heavily damaged leading to an increase in the economic importance of the cities of Antwerp, Brussels and the cities of Wallonia. The States-General grants general amnesty to all those woh fought under Hendrik and allows them to return to their homes. All foreign mercs are discharged with full pay, and bonuses for service, The 3000 Magyar who served in the Johannist army are allowed the right to settledown in any part of the Dutch Empire they wish to granting them special privledges such as exemption from taxes. Payment of debts to the Dutch bankers and to Hispania begin as trade and general production begins again allowing a slow but steady flow of revenue to enter the Kingdom.Johann signs the act of common law, recognizing the basic rights and freedoms of the Nobility, Bourgoisie, and common folk of the Lowlands. Under the act of common law The States-General The States-General pass several reforms balancing the Tax system, and commercial reforms. The Hague is restored to its former position as the capital of the Netherlands. However, due to damages Brussels remains the centre of political power in the Kingdom. Standardization and reformation of the Royal army continues as snaphaunce are phased out being replaced by the flintlock, Lined infantry formations are officially adopted as the standard for the Army. naval expansion begins once more. Scientific development continues specially in Brussels. The civil war having left deep scars on the land and on the souls of those who reside in the Netherlands produces a new wave of artistic expression much darker then the pre-war style, and taking on a more realist outlook on life. Wallonia and Flanders enjoy a rise in importance within the Netherlands. The military is placed under the direct control of the Stadtholder and the States-General reflecting the truimph of the will of the nation over the will of the soviergn though the crown remains the dejure commander of the armed forces. The States-General also secure the right to reject an heir to the throne or force the current soviergn to abdicate if they produce a valid reason or feel that the Act of Common Law is being infringed upon. They also pass the act of Nassau establishing that the crown may not be passed on to a non-reformist, and to someone who is not of the house of Nassau-Orleans. Upon discovering the presence of Hamburg troops on hendrik's side in the civil war, Their is general outrage amongst the members of the States-General and demands for Hamburg to pay compensation. The government authorizes privateers to start targeting Hamburg ships and colonies though not under the dutch flag.. Devaluation ends as profits and funds start trickling in to the kingdom again.
    • Netherland's East India Company: With the reorganization of power beginning in the homeland reforms are started in the East Indies territories. Administration is overhauled to bring it into a centralized administration while local autonomy of the Company's vassals is reaffirmed. The Company army begins reforms to create three divisions of the so called Native troops, Indian troops, and European troops. Amongst the reforms put forward efforts to assimilate and convert the Malay and Javanese are ceased and respect of local cultures is assured Malacca, Brunei, Dutch India, and Sunda are reclassified as Client States of the Company and a majority of Internal autonomy is returned while the Company assumes control of foreign policy and protection of its client states. Demek efforts to improve relations with the East India Company are welcomed and Batavia offers them a trade agreement, a similar policy with Suri is started as well. The Company requests Urdistani permission to begin recruiting Indian troops again, offering good pay and large pensions and land claims upon completion of service. the sale of black slaves to the Indian subcontinent is expanded greatly. Efforts to monopolize the trade routes of the East Indies is started up again. Trade with Lanka and Suri expand. Lanka is offered the opportunity to revise the treaty of protection. Efforts to exert influence over The Sumatran states renews as efforts to solidify control over trade in the region grow.
    • Dutch Africa: The European-educated black elites in Benin are granted greater autonomy as long as they provide the quota of slaves, ivory and other tradable goods. efforts to break Austrian dominance in the Cameroon region begin. The Governer requests that the Hague enforce Dutch interests in the region and secure a deal with Austria at all costs. 
    • Guiana: The population of Guiana has steadily grown over the past 100 years reaching a population of 14,000 white settlers and some 9000 black slaves. Economic growth continues and Paramaribo is declared the colony's capital. Plantations continue to grow and demands to open the interior for further exploitation begin. Culturally the colony remains Dutch-Wallon. Relations with the natives continue to deteriorate as incursions into native land continues and enslavement of the native population begins to work in construction. Efforts to isolate and destroy native culture begin. Exploration of the interior continues as expansion along the new Rhine river (otl orinoco river) continue as well as along the Amazon River claiming 500 pixels in total. Expansion of military control into the Interior continues with outposts being constructed to enforce Dutch-Wallon rule over the colony. Dutch Privateers coontinue operating out of Guiana under false flags. Development of theGuiana Aristocratic culture continues as more land is set aside for plantations. Coffee becomes increasingly popular in the colony. New Antwerp and Paramaribo become major trading cities as the local economy grows following the civil war.  
  • The Pskovian New Veche continues to incorporate the new territories. electoral boundries are somewhat tweaked in order to maintain the 100 seats in the Veche.  On January 1st the pskovians officially change to the Gregorian callendar, begining the new year as a new age with the elevation of Elena to Suprme Duchess. This is symbolic of Pskov entering a new age of prosperity. Pskov, now controling much fo the ports the Russians are using, attempt to stop an exodus from Russian nations by convinving them that life will be better in pskov since peace has come, and the fact that Pskov has been peaceful for 11 years now, and is maintaining order. It's that, or convince them to move to PIC territories instead. They achieve this with limited success, but as peace prospers, the economy does as well, and Pskovian merchants are quick to make use of the West Danzig loophole allowing them esentially free trade with the Bajanate of Croatia. Pskovian goods arrive in caravans to the Croatian capital, and begin their slow emergence into the market. This allows the GDP and average wages to grow. Pskov is now seen as the wealthiest and most important Russians state to the rest of Europe, given the other Russian States' relative ... backwardness and isolationsim. Pskov is the largest city in Russia, and with this brings prestige. Pskovian soldiers continue to enforce order in the newly captured territories, and help the Lithuanians and are most active in Belarus. The Belorussians are initially distrustful, but the Pskovians don't alter their way of life in a large manner, other than asserting some new laws here and there. there is still much work to be done in reforming and centralizing Belorussia, but in any case, a currency sxchange need not be established in Belorussia, as Poland was already officialy using the zolotnik syustem as its currency. The Polish soldiers from the lands are re-recruited into the newly formed Belorussian Military, modeled after the Pskovina military and working with it. The great march south was remarkably succesful in showing the benevolance and peacefulness of pskovian forces, and other things and whatnots. Meanwhile, trade goes up which is good, and the Pskovian stock market experiences a remarkably good year, with more companies and ventures joining, and moving the economy. The veche approves a refit program for the military, and the old Navy is being improved with new vessles. the veche later hears pleas form the PIC representatives about their piracy problems, and begin to ponder the implications of such accusations. The PIC is given ten extra ships for a price, and the PIC shipyard in Novoprussiysk begins working voertime to produce more warships. The temprorary china fund is used to make sure pirates don't completely destroy the colonial trade. this year, Pskov mediated the Klaipeda accords, which officialy split Prussia's old naval resources. Plans are drawn up to modernize Pskov's navy, and shipwrights from all over Europe are invited to share designs, and some people do designs as well. Meanwhile, in the Academy of Pskov, Grigory Mikhailovich Prokhudin, after much eraserch, and after one of the glasses he had stored a beverage in falls to the floor, shattering, gains inspiration, and publishes a book in which he recounts the Three Laws of Motion, and the discovery of the Force of gravity, and, using Rasputin's previously discovered infinitesimal calculus, proves conclusively that the force of "Gravity" is responsible for the "action at a distance", which he attributes to "God's will", with lack of evidence as to why this force emminates. The theory of universal gravitation and all these laws begin a revolution in the scientific world. He also begins to do experiments with light, to try and understand its nature. The book he publishes is called "Mathematical Principles of Natural Philosophy" when translated into English.
    • ​In the Federal Republic of Eesti, the economy gains slightly, as new trade opportunities open up and the nation has finally recuperated from both wars and the re-organization of territories The new elections for the Federal Riigikogy go off and bring in a change of government. Still very pro-union, the Estonian government decides that economic gains are very important and Prioritize economic gains in zlatobrezhie. More money is invested there, and the GDP of Estonia grows, as well as wages, as the good fortunes of Pskov spill over across the border. 
    • The Republic of Latvia works on its military forces, fortifying the navy that it inherited from Prussia. After much negotiations, an agreement known as the Klaipeda accords split Prussia's navy between the created Republics, with the United Republic of Prussia and Danzig retaining 50% of the previous forces, while Latvia receives 20%, and Lithuania 25%, with Estonia gaining the remaining 5% of naval forces. The Seimas of Latvia take advantage of new territories, and hold "by-elections" in the new districts, each electing their own representative to serve until the proper election period. The Military forces receive a new unifrom in the style of Pskov.
    • The Republic of Lithuania spends most of this turn working on its military forces in order to better control and incorporate the newly acquired territories from Poland. After receiving much international recognition of heir claims, they begin using the new naval assets they gianed during the Klaipeda accords. The government sets up shop in Vilnius, and begins repurposing the old Palace into a hall for the Saema. 
    • The United Republic of Prussia and Danzig works on its military, beginning to reconstruct its navy after having to give up half of it to the other nations, despite being the legal recognized successor to the Kingdom of Prussia. The Military and economy have almost recovered from the war. The Bundestag passes legislation allowing another thing in their country.
    • Belorussia: Continues to consolidate its territory had have people within its borders bow down to the new administration. The Knyaz Namestnik publishes a new tax code, and sends out soldiers to carry it out. he wants to show power, and in order to do so, he must be a good administrator, as well as be a strong leader. Some electoral boundries are drawn, and other things happen. The taxes are collected, and the people are having good times with this new system. in any case, he calls a council from all corners of the new nation, and begins fighting back any Polish sympathizers, or those wanting to re-instate the kingdom. Those caught are given to PIC custody. law and order are begining to be slightly better, and some agricultural techniques from Pskov migrate south of the border, making farming more efficient, and the GDP rises just a tiny amount, improving the economy just a tiny bit.
    • The Pskov Imperial Company (PIC): continues to gather funds to try to purchase a city in China, and works on building its own inter-Asian trade network, An expedition is sent ot Japan in order to try to get a trade agreement, and begin trade at fair prices. Meanwhile, some Chinese states are approached as well. Through the Embassy, hte Pskov Imperial Company begins to ask for trade rights for opium from places. More people are brought to the colonies to cultivate sugar, spices, and make rum. Some move there of their own free will, wanting a newer life, some are sent there as a punishment. Meanwhile, stronger contingent and things are put on pirates, and a few fortresses are constructed in the islands to protect them from the pirates. Many large towns have received mortars on their beaches to protect them from possible pirate raids, and a small contingent of soldiers is now stationed in many islands permenantly to maintain order and protection. The PIC begins a new settlement program. 
    • The PIC possession of Zlatobrezhie: continues its gold production. The New Governor approves of a program in which the old African Nobility will come get a European Education, and then be allowed to take up higher administrative posts, much akin to the ones they had almost 40 years ago, instad of being limited. The Russian language begins to spread amongst the common folk too, and the economy slightly improves, as stuff grows and trade with Pskovian merchants. Some new farming methods are adopted, and agriculture becomes more efficient. Anyone wealthy enough is offered a place at the Pskov university and Pskov academies, but talk emerges to instead of sending people to Pskov, to send the schools and build schools in Zlatobrezhie. it is an intriguing idea that the Governor decides to take up with the Grand Princess next time he sees her. More missionaries are sent to convert the populace to orthodoxy, but are ordered not to be aggressive, as not to incite disorder.
  • Tawatinsuyu: Within the Empire proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. A great mourning is spread across the empire as the news is broken that Apaec the Conqueror has died of a European disease. After a lengthy debate within the empire's elite, the sister of Apaec, Cava, is put on the throne, taking the title "Sapa Inca, Empress of Peru and her peoples." While many elites believe she will continue to take a back seat in government like she did as a princess, they are mistaken. Cava sets to work continuing her brother's reforms. One such reform is to elevate Chiribaya from a vassal to its own empire. She places herself on the throne as the Empress of Chiribaya, forming the Empire of Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at 5,000,000, with the largest city being Cuzco (140,000), then Peru (75,000), Machu Picchu (60,000), Chimu (50,000) Sican (30,000) and New Burgundy (25,000). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confedereation, it consists of Peru and her vassals.Cava hits the age of 57, with her son, Huascar (32), set to take the throne. Her other children include Huascar's brother, Maitia (24), and his sister, Ka-Atta-Killia. (17)
    • Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 1,000,000.
    • Hanan Peru: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed and preparations are made to join the Peruvian Confederation as the Empire of Peru alongside Collaquimbaya. Population stands at 850,000.
    • Collaquimbaya: Expansion program begins. Population stands at 50,000.
  • County of Oldenburg: Two of the three new sloops-of-war are completed, and both sail to Neu Norderney as convoy ships to protect the OHG's whaling fleet. Neu Norderney expands 200 km down the coast.
    • Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: Infrastructure is improved, the Buhnefest attracts record numbers. 
  • The Consulate of Dacia: Vladimir II, now 46, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Dacia, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also Terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in Beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of populous. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. The strangely colder weather begins to impact population growth negatively and it slows to almost a crawl. food production stabilizes, and much more growth in the foreseeable future seems unlikely. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Flintlocks. Several new firearm companies are founded along the coast and up the Danube. The plans for the breech loading system are sent away for safe storage, while several Boyars follow their Consul’s example. More disputes occur in the senate. Elenora, now a woman of 20 continues to grow under her mother’s tutelage. Mircea III, now 19, studies at he Galati university. He continues playing war-games on a vast scale, and is quickly becoming an excellent general. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow.
    • Kiev: With a newly instated Consulate the nobility are won over by Dacia. The system gives them much greater power within the nation, and they associate this newfound power with Dacian influence. This allows a quick restoration of stability, and the economy begins to recover.
    • Halych: Consul Yarlslav III improves the economy and military are both improved after last years scare.
    • East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. Many of the Magyar noble families are forced to marry into Romanian houses to retain their lands, otherwise it will be sold off to Romanian immigrants.
    • Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
    • Dacian Iritria: Nutmeg is produced for sale back in Europe. Trade is conducted with Ethiopia, and as our Christian brethren we offer them our protection. Wool and sheep production is also improved, as is mining for precious materials. This allows the economy to grow significantly.
  • Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1669, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz, Landshut continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Leopold II, aged 39, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Rome, and Bohemia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In domestic news, King Leopold continues attempting to propagate the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 50% of Bavaro-German secondary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, and uptick of 35% of primary speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 5000 remaining in Saxony, and 5000 in Thuringia. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. The 5000 troops in Bohemia are split and diverted to Osterreich and Brandenburg/Pomerania. 2500 arrive in Osterreich, while 1000 and 1500 arrive in Brandenburg and Pomerania, respectively. The King sends financial and food aid to Austria, and announces that the Bavarian crown will pay for 35% of all infrastructural renovations in Austria, Brandenburg, Pomerania. In royal news, the King now has three children: Anna-Sophia (born 1657), Franz-Dominic (born 1659), Karl (born 1661), Katharina (born 1662), and Margaret (born 1663). In economical news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In social and political news, the actions of the Bavarian crown in dealing with Austria, Brandenburg, and Pomerania have become widely known and popular. Several scholars at the Isabell University in Munich have labelled the relief efforts as a Restoration. Soon, many people refer to the massive tax cuts, infrastructural reconstructions, and general aid as Restoriation. When dealing with the south, many in Bavaria label the restoration as Austrian Reconstruction. In military news, Leopold and the Curia Bavaria vote on several army reforms in Bavaria proper. The army reforms commence in 1669, and make very slow progress in modernizing the standing forces, in part by gradually sweeping away feudal levies. The standing army is to be formalized with greater detail than ever before, and several armies, regiments, and compositions are to be created. In political news, Leopold II continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668.
    • Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
    • Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Leopold I, age 39, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Leopold normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
    • City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
    • Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
    • Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
    • Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 50% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In early 1667, an Austrian scholar and merchant, named Karl Manzkari, establishes a trade outpost in Vienna. Initially attracting local merchants, it soon amasses a large array of traders, mostly from northern Austria. In 1668, Karl Manzkari establishes a much smaller outpost in another section of Vienna, hoping to attract more business. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for King Leopold II.
    • Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna begins. The temporary headquarters of the Curia Austria are moved to Forchtenstein Castle. However, many in Bavaria support the movement of a temporary seat to Linz or Passau instead, so its closer to Landshut. Leopold remarks that the situation is fine as is, and no reining in or domineering is necessary. A number of 156 Austrians arrive at Forchtenstein over the year. Most of the laws they pass in 1664 concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is tentatively popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separte legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed.
    • Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert I, age 40, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Margrave Albert marries Brandenburger Merchant's daughter Elisabeta Mittendau in February. A daughter is born in early January, whom the Margrave names Klara. Margrave Albert has two children: Albert (born 1660), Johann (born 1668), and Klara (born 1669).
    • Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duke Franz-Ballard, age 29, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Franz-Ballard orders that several repairs commence on the several ports in Pomerania, including heavy repairs on the main ports. This is done to revitalize trade, commerce and transport as soon as possible. Later on, Leopold and Franz-Ballard plan on touring Pomerania in order to make it known that he holds no ill will for any Pomeranian. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Pomerania. Franz-Ballard has two children, Mary (born 1668), and Yvette-Katharine (born 1669). Duchess Mary gives birth to another daughter, whom she names Yvette-Katharina.
    • Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operates chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, and Berlin. Adalbert Völcher, Edmund von Rot-Pferd, and Markus-Paul Ehrbach are among the most prominent merchants and leaders in the RBSC.
    • Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
  • Roman Empire: The conquest of Anatolia is complete, and Emperor Stephen I and Consul Thomas Doukas are hard at work integrating the new territories in the Empire's political and economic system. The Turks who live in the new lands are treated fairly, and the traditional policy of encouraging Turkish emigration first established by Theodore III is reinstated, with several hundred to a thousand Turks leaving the nation peacefully each year. The success in bringing most of Anatolia back into the Empire restores a considerable amount of the Empire's prestige, and the Empire grows as a result. The economy continues to grow through trade, and new mines established in Anatolia help fuel such growth. Military garrisons are established in some forts but also cities like Ancyra and Nicaea in order to help maintain order over the new lands, and the military and navy continue to train and improve to maintain further control.. Greeks immigrate to these lands to accompany their families and also to set up new businesses or administration in the territories. Constantine IX is assassinated soon into his reign, and his younger brother John takes the throne as John IX.
    • Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels.
    • Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
  • Luxembourg: We upgrade military. Having lost the war in the Netherlands, Hendrik van Nassau-Orleans swears fealty to the Holy Roman Emperor in Frankfurt, returing Luxembourg to Habsburg rule.

Footnotes

Archives List
15th century 16th century 17th century 18th century 19th century 20th century 21st century
1400 to 1409
1410 to 1419
1420 to 1429
1430 to 1439
1440 to 1449
1450 to 1459
1460 to 1469
1470 to 1479
1480 to 1489
1490 to 1499
1500 to 1509
1510 to 1519
1520 to 1529
1530 to 1539
1540 to 1549
1550 to 1559
1560 to 1569
1570 to 1579
1580 to 1589
1590 to 1599
1600 to 1609
1610 to 1619
1620 to 1629
1630 to 1639
1640 to 1649
1650 to 1659
1660 to 1669
1670 to 1679
1680 to 1689
1690 to 1699
1700 to 1709
1710 to 1719
1720 to 1729
1730 to 1739
1740 to 1749
1750 to 1759
1760 to 1769
1770 to 1779
1780 to 1789
1790 to 1799
1800 to 1809
1810 to 1819
1820 to 1829
1830 to 1839
1840 to 1849
1850 to 1859
1860 to 1869
1870 to 1879
1880 to 1889
1890 to 1899
1900 to 1909
1910 to 1919
1920 to 1929
1930 to 1939
1940 to 1949
1950 to 1959
1960 to 1969
1970 to 1979
1980 to 1989
1990 to 1999
2000 to 2009
2010 to 2015

Also on Fandom

Random Wiki